News Service - Page 3

 

Wednesday 31.3.10

Hints & Tips No.237

Using Coins ... As Weights.

By Trevor Gibbs (Melbourne Australia)

A few of my locos have needed a little extra weight over the years. I would try to get some lead weights cast off car wheels etc and reshape them or use plumbers lead sheet. I then found that copper coins (when Australia had them) glued together made fairly effective weights in themselves. They were compact and neat and even 10 of them at a time would only have cost me 10 cents!

So if you too want to start a small coin shortage in your country...

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Snippet No.292 - Powerful combination

By Brian Macdermott

In an undated photo (but from the late ‘50s/early ‘60s) at an unidentified location, WD 2-8-0 No.90588 assisted an 8F with 16 empty coaches of (mostly) Stanier stock.

Having Your Say...

Maunsell Sets

Regarding the recent posts as to why don't Hornby market the Maunsells in complete sets (from Ray Williams on Monday), I wrote to Simon Kohler on this subject earlier this year and we had an interesting 'discussion'! I suggested that why don't Hornby release the Maunsells in Limited Edition sets of say 500 units for example, 'complete' and all in one package, as that is how they mostly operated in real life, along with 'normal' single coach releases as we have now. The coach sets could be sold complete and could be issued in all the various liveries that they ran in over time and no one could complain of duplication of the set as it catered for all modelling eras it ran in. For the longer sets of 6-10 coaches, why not release these in packs over the year with the announcement at the beginning that Set 'xxx' will be released in this way, thus saving a large potential one lump cash outlay. Again different liveries can be released, and also the different coaches that comprised the Set through its life can also be incorporated so again Set duplication is legitimate, and 'new' coach types could come on board as a result!

Simon wrote saying that he thought that Hornby were doing this now, but he at first didn't understand that whilst this is a good start, we modellers still have to hunt to make up the Set as the coaches are released separately with no guidance as to what set they are from, like the current crimson and cream 4-compartment brakes. Simon was also concerned at the potential cost of the packages and market until I pointed out that a 3-coach set would cost about the same as a medium sized Locomotive and we buy them happily, and breaking the longer sets into smaller packages would work to lower the costs to the modeller rather a large lump in one go. Also one other benefit of the Set release is that Hornby can keep control of the number of coaches that need to be produced like twice as many Brakes as anything else so that we don't run out and not so many Firsts!

I know a lot of us have already 'accumulated' lots of Maunsells to make up into Sets - me included - but it takes time and potential to damage the paint work, to do this, and I would be nice have them marketed as Sets in the future.

So to sum up, after a number of emails back and forth across the Atlantic, I think the penny has finally droped and Simon does now understand the full Set concept and the 'all in one package' release is what we would like rather than the frustrating 'hunt' as we have now, and he told me that he will see what he can do for 2011 but with no promises, as these plans are already in motion. One other option would be to let Simon have a complete list of all the coaches that have been released and the Sets they ran in, and ask Hornby if they could release the missing coaches for these sets - this is an idea from the members SEMG whom I have already told, and they had many opinions as well. Finally I suggested to Simon that he approach us Southern Modellers and let us know what Hornby are planning for the Sets, such as liveries etc and work with us so that hopefully everyone will end up happy ! So we keep our fingers crossed and over to you Simon!

Martin Dawe - Calgary, Canada

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

Monday 29.3.10

There will be no MREmag on Wednesday or Good Friday this week, but instead there will be a single issue on Thursday. Please also note that, as next Monday is a bank holiday in the UK, I shall be taking it off, like most of our readers.

Bachmann Class 205 for Kernow Model Rail Centre

Bachmann have announced that it is to produce a 00 scale model of a Class 205 DEMU for Kernow Model Rail Centre. This model was to have been built for them by Dapol but the order was switched to Bachmann so that sound could be added.

These unique units operated for over 40 years on a great number of services across the BR Southern Region, travelling to London on a daily basis from lines, such as the Uckfield branch, which were not part of the Southern Region’s extensive electrified network, thus allowing a through service to be maintained.

David Haarhaus, Sales and Marketing Manager said, "Following on from our great success in the recent Model of the Year awards. We are delighted to be given the opportunity to produce this popular prototype in 00 scale. We have gained a lot of experience when developing our Southern EMU models and we will use this knowledge to design a high quality model that this interesting subject deserves. Our all new Branchline models will incorporate highly detailed interiors and underframes, interior lighting and accommodation for Digital sound."

The Branchline Class 205 DEMUs are expected to be available in 2011. For further details on livery, availability or any other enquiry, please visit www.kernowmodelrailcentre.co.uk

Known as either Class 205, 2-H, Hampshires, Berkshires or Thumpers, a real 2-H currently in preservation has been laser scanned in order to produce very accurate depiction of detail, shapes and angles. All tooling will allow for backdating this model to as-built condition and a centre coach will be added during later production runs.

Graham Farish Deltic Graces the Palace

At the British Railway Modelling Festival of Model Railways, held at Alexandra Palace this weekend, Bachmann unveiled first samples of the DP1 Prototype Deltic locomotive.

The model, announced earlier this month at the Model & Hobby Show in Coventry, utilises the award winning 3D scanned body profile of the actual locomotive at Shildon. This is claimed to be the first time that this technology has been used for a UK N scale model.

The Graham Farish model will have a prototypical gap between the body and bogie frames, a fully detailed body and fuel tanks including recessed fan details with etched grills, another first for UK N scale models as this will be the first to have correctly recessed fans with separate etched grilles instead of engraved representation.

Other features will included wire handles for the cab doors, metal oval buffer heads, detailing parts including a dummy screw link coupling and vacuum pipes. An extra bogie frame moulding will be supplied to allow the user to remove the NEM coupling box if required to enable front end detail to be applied. NEM coupling pockets are provided with short or long couplings supplied, the shorter couplings being provided in the accessory bag.

The model will have a powerful six axle drive chassis with twin flywheels, bi-directional lighting, detailed cab interiors and a 6-pin decoder socket for DCC users.

This exciting model builds on the success of the 00 scale version which was recently voted model of the decade in the Model Rail / RMWeb / MREmag Model of the Year awards.

Two liveries will be carried by the new N scale model. The first version using the livery carried during in traffic trials on British Railways will be available in ‘The Merseyside Express’ set (370-275) whilst the solo model (372-920) will represent the locomotive as preserved by the National Railway Museum. Both versions will be available later this year.

Hints & Tips No.236 - Small Nails.

by Craig Wilson

When I lay track, I find the small nails are too small to hold. I use needlenose pliers to hold the nail, place it in the hole in the tie (sleeper), and then hammer it in. No finger damage!

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Having Your Say...

Winston Churchill's Funeral Train

Since Hornby is 'coming out' with: "the venerable Southern bogie luggage van... [in] the Pullman livery as applied to the funeral car used to carry the body of Sir Winston Churchill to his final resting place," does 'venerable' mean it will be the old toy-like model?

On the same subject, or train, as is the case, can anyone tell me what the Pullman coaches were? Also, where they matchboard or steel plated Pullmans?

I have heard they included: No. 208, Perseus, Lydia, Carina and Isle of Thanet. Can anyone confirm this, and did Hornby ever produced any of these before?

Thom Ritter, Allentown, PA, USA

I believe it is the original Tri-ang model which, when last released, had no buffer stocks as these were originally part of the metal buffer casting. Hopefully Hornby have retooled the buffers with stocks or modified the bufferbeam in the mould to replicate stocks for the current buffers to fit into.

Regarding previous production of the subjects you list, Car No.208 (R4380 'Devon Belle' coach pack 2009) and Perseus (R4254 coach pack 2006-08) have both been released in the super-detailed 3rd series Pullmans while Lydia (R4038) was released as a 2nd series Pullman in the R2079 'The Kentish Belle' train pack in 1998 - Ed.

-----

'Blue Pullman'

I see the MREmag's answer to "The African Queen" has popped up again, thanks to a very wry joke by Simon Kohler.

At the risk of sounding a curmudgeon, I really do think that until Bachmann and Hornby have treated us to models of arguably more useful and widely used prototypes such as the Class 116 and 120 DMUs, Class 321 and 310/312 overhead electric units, and more Southern third rail units such as the 4-CIG or pre-war Southern electrics, not forgetting a whole shed load of 0-6-0 freight steam locos and other equally less glamorous but common steam types, what limited investment money for new tooling shouldn't be put into the 'Blue Pullman', no matter how attractive it is. The economy is very flaky at present, we've had a strong set of announcements by Hornby and Bachmann recently yet there are a number of quite important gaps to fill which would have a wider market and be more useful on a wider range of layouts.

If only the BTF had made a cult film about the Class 310 EMU then perhaps there would be an equal amount of froth for a model of it!

Mark Wiles

-----

It's nice to see best looking DMU ever re-entering the fray. Bring it on Simon. A 6-car and an 8-car for me please! In original condition.

Pete Blencowe

-----

I believe I am with the majority of people in reading Simon Kohler's throw away comments on the 'Blue Pullman' in last Wednesday's edition as a leg pull. Even if it appears at the top of people's wish lists, how many will actually buy one? I would love to have one in principle, but I have neither the space on my layout to run a full WR 8-car set, nor in a display case to show the shorter MR 6-car version. And, I'm not going to buy one just to leave it in its box. Many people, I am sure, will be in the same boat. With just about very coach different, so lots of different tooling needed, the risks a manufacturer would take are high.

But it seems that the old model still fetches good prices on Ebay, so what about Hornby getting out its old tooling, fitting a new DCC ready motor and other minor upgrading similar to the ex-Lima models, and selling it in the Railroad range? Would that be an acceptable compromise to get it in the shops again?

Andrew Crawford - Portugal

-----

Regarding references to the 'Blue Pullman', by Simon Kohler, I think this was just a joke as were the issue of a small 0-4-0 diesel in Blue Pullman livery and then the Blue Pullman set with Class 47. Maybe it is time to do a really scale model before Heljan snap it up as their first DMU. After all, they have made some really obscure diesels in recent years that have sold very well. What about it Heljan?

George McKie

-----

I hope Mr Kohler might be rather more careful in future when sending comments to Pat, while at the same time thrusting his tongue in his cheek and seeing visions of winged porcine livestock.

Alas, there are always going to be some to whom the wry humour of such mischievousness sails way overhead, along with said airborne livestock.

I hope that Hornby is, at this very moment, designing and manufacturing a range of stylish but resilient froth-proof suits for the rest of us!

Robin Johnson

-----

Naturally, as I have just finished an epic rebuilding and motorisation of a full six car Kitmaster Midland Pullman set, I now fully expect a manufacturer to torment me by announcing forthwith that they are to release a ready-to-run set, that after all is the lot of any modeller.

However, given that there are two distinct train sets, LMR and WR, between them containing two types each of Motor Car, Kitchen Car, and Parlour Car, as a manufacturer what type would you actually produce? The Midland Pullman sets did appear on both regions, whereas, excursions apart, the Western sets firmly remained on the Western Region. A six car set would be cheaper to produce and purchase, but the eight car train might be just a tad more popular as a model, but there again, the cost might be the stumbling block, as extrapolating from the 4CEP model, I guess a eight car set might be in the region of £300 plus.

At least there are some good livery variations available, including the eight car set which ran for a period with one half set in Naking blue and white and the other half set in the BR grey and blue livery. In the Blue Pullman's very last days, the trains did get completely mixed up with eight car sets often containing both LMR and WR cars.

Who would be a manufacturer!

Ian David Smith

-----

If Simon Kohler had made the comment: "where did I leave those Blue Pullman plans", on 1 April, I would have said it was a hoax. Simon never gives away the faintest hint of future plans!

However, the fact that he has said it on an international forum indicates to me that it will happen - particularly as Hornby has established itself as the prime purveyor of the plethora of Pullman pulchritude.

I'd better start putting some pennies in my piggy bank!

Brian Macdermott

-----

A 'Blue Pullman' multiple unit? Why not a 'proper' Pullman multiple unit in umber and cream - that ran between London Victoria and Brighton, headcode 4 - and not forgetting the 1950s Sunday Eastbourne Pullman workings?

Alan Brainsby

Why not indeed! My Wrenn 5-BEL is looking a bit jaded - Ed.

-----

Maunsell 2-6-0s

Neil Burgess points out that the N and U classes differed in wheel spacing, in these days of separate components, rather than one 'jelly mould' for loco construction, I don't see this as much of a problem.

The boiler is common to all 172 of them, one frame size suits the 86 members of the N and N1 classes and another suits the 86 (coincidentally) U, U1 and W classes. Don't forget Bachmann already make two types of tender, add one more and you've just about covered the lot.

Glenn Martin

-----

0 Gauge Mk1 Coaches

I’m not sure why Simon Richardson appears to be criticising the big retailers for not putting an end view picture of these coaches on their websites. I would have thought it’s Heljan who should bear that responsibility. Anyway, Rails do have and end picture on their website against one of the blue/grey versions.

Anthony Johnson

-----

I am pleased to say Rails have indeed uploaded a picture of the end of a blue and grey coach for everyone to see. I am not sure it's quite right, but it does not look totally wrong! All credit due to Rails on this occasion, I feel.

Thanks for including my original request.

Simon Richardson

-----

Company Owned Wagons

Regarding Paul Jansz's informative post of Friday 26th March, I can also recommend perusing a copy of The Big Four in Colour 1935 – 1950 for further information on goods trains, as my copy of this is well thumbed for precisely that purpose.

Jeff Groom

-----

Wagons for the Southern

I fully agree with Paul Jansz (Friday) that the SR group standard brake van ('Pillbox') is a gap that needs filling.

Brian Macdermott

-----

Bring in the Youngsters

Few contributors mention their age, but I do suspect that the majority are of an age to think about pensions (more than that other 'think', which I used to think about all the time..what was it?....oh never mind!) So, how refreshing it was to see the posting from Matt Dawson, who most definitely has his own ideas about what he wants to do in this hobby and what he wants from it. That is just as it should be.

There must surely be other younger readers out there, so let us hear from them what they think of the present state of the hobby and what they wish to do with it in the future.

They should not be afraid of the rivet counting fanatics as this hobby is for everyone to find their own level and derive their own pleasure from it.

They need not be afraid of the schoolm….oops!, sorry editor, because, as someone who has already had to submit 100 lines and been chastised more than once by him, I can assure you his bark is worse than his bite.

He may have to find a translator for mobile phone text shorthand though!

Merv Rogers

As one who never uses text on my mobile phone (sorry, 'cell phone' for our friends across the pond), I frequently have difficulty in understanding the shorthand that have crept into everyday writing - so, DON'T DO IT!!! ..... Sorry, you were saying, Merv? - Ed.

-----

The Age Issue

Thank you Matt Dawson for the shared interest in the ways we become involved with model railways. I doubt that the human propensity for tinkering with machinery will die. While he 'caught' his interest from a generation removed, so to speak, I do not fear for the hobby. Like him, I have an interest in older steam era modelling, which to some degree suffers from the political and cultural incorrectness of the very essence of 1850-1950 Britain; coal, work, steel and dirt.

For me, the most beautiful machines embody the human factor, hand-finished in many ways, and redolent of an age where there was labour for cleaning and shovelling. On the other hand, life was very tough for most people, at least by today's standards, with sometimes wearying work hours and industrial unpleasantness.

I suppose I am rambling a little, but to me it is this sort of thing which is behind a lot of railway modelling.

Robbie McGavin

-----

Telephone Wire

John Jeffery advised us that he had experienced badly burned sections of track due to shorting. Taking John's situation, the removal of a throttle would have no effect on the power applied to the track by a Lenz system because the track power is supplied by the command station and not the throttle.

I would suggest that the reason the command station short circuit cut-out did not activate was probably because the wiring on the layout created sufficient resistance so as not to appear as a short to the protection mechanism. Consequently, the command station continued to output 4.5 amps. This can happen if underrated wire is used such as telephone wire as proposed by Chris.

It never ceases to amaze me, the number of layouts I have seen at exhibitions where the operators have been poring over some remote point motor which wasn't working when it was hanging on the end of a long length of telephone wire. Point motors generally draw a few amps when fired. Telephone wire cannot handle this and creates such a voltage drop that point motors fail to operate.

The wiring used in the main bus on a DCC layout must be capable of handling at least the maximum possible output of the chosen command station. Droppers can be less. This is why it is generally recommended that DC layouts are rewired when converted to DCC because they don't normally have wiring which is rated high enough.

Graham Plowman

-----

Bulleid Trains in 00

While I like the beauty of the GWR 'Star', I also like the beauty of the post-WW2 trains on the ex-LSWR line to Exeter and beyond, ... whereto, as Ozzie Nock said, it was up and down and beautiful and engines were set for the generally straight alignment and grades up and down with no opportunity to anything but heave-ho on the up and race through the dip... ...and it was trouble if signalling prevented a clear run for the best expresses, on a clear day... the details are generic but the mood is there.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HAA9ZAFpMkM

Robbie McGavin - Christchurch, NZ

-----

HAVE YOU VOTED? ONLY 3 DAYS TO GO!

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Friday 26.3.10

Have You Voted?

With only six days left, have you cast your ten votes for the subjects you would most want manufacturers to model? If you don't take this opportunity to say what you want, you will have less right to criticise what is produced, if you don't like it.

Voting in the N gauge and 0 gauge sections has been a little quiet and gives the impression that not many people are interested in these scales. It is important that modellers do what is necessary to impress manufacturers that these scales deserve attention, and there is no better way of doing this than by ensuring a hefty vote in this poll. Remember, you have 10 votes and that is ten 'yeses' for the gauge of your choice.

Garden Railway TV

Have you had a look at the new look Garden Railway TV site. They have updated the logo now to give it an identity (it's a flower!) and there are new video idents for the start of each day's videos. New films will be added everyday and provide a good mix for your entertainment. It is proposed to show "Narrow Gauge In The Garden", excerpts from "Garden Railway" and "Hidden Treasures" too - but they are having to wait for YouTube to give them permission to show programmes longer than ten minutes.

The organisers are wanting to expand the site - and for that they need new members - the bigger they get the better they can get. Visit Garden Railway TV at: http://gardenrailwaytv.ning.com/?xg_source=msg_mes_network

Hints & Tips No.235 - Uses for Electrical Conduit

by Robert Ferus (NJ USA)

Using off-cuts of 12mm (1/2") electrical conduit would give you a reasonable looking pipe load for a flat wagon. A few longer lengths could look very effective as Bridge Supports for a modern bridge.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

DC & DCC Compatibility

Common return becomes a problem with DCC, if you have more than one 'power district', i.e. sections fed by multiple boosters, cut outs or auto reversers, in which case both rails need to be isolated.

For a simple 'try it and see' exercise, switching all sections of a DC layout to one controller and connecting a DCC booster, common return will not be a problem - with the usual caveats about suitability of the wiring.

Andrew Crosland

-----

The Age Issue

In reply to Robbie McGavin, may I say that as a 19 year old, modelling "Smoky Black" will always be more appealing to me than "Banger Blue".

Regarding the age issue, you can see the age difference at exhibitions - most people are in their late 30s onwards - with the late 30 year olds generally accompanied by their child or children and, dare I say it, occasionally their wives! The prevalence of 50+ is largely due to retirees.

I inherited my interest of model railways off my grandfather and uncle, not my dad!

Matt Dawson - Solihull West Midlands

-----

Heljan Mk1 0 Gauge Coaches

Straight-sided or (correctly) curved-sided, 28 ft radius? No one seems
prepared to upload a picture of the 'end' of the coach, so we can all see.
At circa £240 it's too expensive to order one to have a look.

Come on Rails, Hattons or Tower Models, upload a picture of the end so we
can all have a look! I would like to buy a rake of eight coaches but not if
they are straight sided 'Hastings' coaches.

Simon Richardson

-----

Out of 'Patriots'

Tales of 'Patriots' in unusual places reminds me of a sunny summer Saturday at Norwich, probably 1960.

Ivatt 4s apart, we almost never saw an LMR loco at Norwich, but we had many specials from the Midlands at weekends, usually hauled by March locos.

I was cycling home over Trowse bridge at about midday, when I saw that the signal was 'off'' for the Cambridge line, and thought I might as well wait. I few moments later a train of maroon stock appeared, with an unfamiliar green engine at the front. As it got closer I recognised a 'Patriot' (my first). It was 45516 Bedfordshire & Hertfordshire Regiment. The only one I ever knew of coming to Norwich.

I hoped that it would take the 'loop' (avoiding line) to Yarmouth so my friends would not see it (well I was only a schoolboy) but instead it stood displayed outside Norwich shed all afternoon, in plain view. C'est la vie!

Dudley Jones

-----

DCC power feed wiring

Chris Martin asks about the suitability of ‘telephone wire’ for the power feeds on a DCC layout. I assume that he refers to the normal multi-core cable used for internal extension wiring; each core usually has a cross-sectional area of 0.2 sq mm (or less) and would carry up to about 1A without overheating. That cable is, in my view, quite unsuitable for DCC power feeds as it is far too light to cope with either the likely steady current demand or (on any run of more than a couple of metres) the voltage drop, whilst the core insulation is insubstantial. I wouldn’t use it for power feeds on a DC layout either – voltage drop again! A single-core cable of at least 1 sq mm (as used for conduit wiring, or stripped from domestic lighting cable) would be preferable for any layout feeds. Keep the telephone cable for low-current feeds to relays etc.

Nick Stanbury

-----

More DCC Questions

In reply to Chris Martins question about telephone wire, if he is referring to the very fine multicoloured wire in phone cable, this would probably not be appropriate, I was recommended 16/02 gauge wire which is much heftier than phone wire. I believe the phone wire could get hot, melt the plastic covering and cause shorts. 15/16V does not appear much but when I was running my live steam once, and had not fixed a rail joiner correctly, there was a hot spot that melted the sleepers, so use a wire that will handle the current.

What's on TV

I know it will have already started its rerun when this is posted but the three part series on the Indian Hill Railways is fascinating for its old locos and its social history. There are still very obvious ties to its colonial ancestry. The people are wonderful but the old steam locos steal the show.

Model of the Year

Some well deserved results. I hope that the forthcoming Wish List poll spurs the manufacturers to greater heights.

Andrew Carter

-----

Model of the Year

Congratulations to Bachmann for their performance in these awards.

I think the results prove that a very well executed model of a prototype with a limited geographical range, or a prototype made in limited numbers, can still have significant demand in the market, as illustrated by the winning locomotive and coach. This should make Bachmann comfortable about their decision to release the Somerset and Dorset 7F.

In fairness, Hornby are attempting to reach a much wider market than Bachmann, and a lot of Hornby's younger customers in particular may not have been aware of the poll. Having bought a number of Hornby locomotives last year and being totally impressed by both their appearance and performance, I personally think that Simon Kohler can also be very proud of his own firm's releases in 2009.

In relation to the Observation Car, a friend of mine brought one round the other day, and just for fun we placed it against a selection of the very best passenger coaches we had collected over the years, from Rivarossi, Marklin, Fleischmann, Trix, Roco, Liliput and others. Our conclusion was that the Hornby model was the best looking model of a passenger coach we have ever seen.

Richard Whitmore - Australia

-----

Maunsell 2-6-0s

I'm afraid there is a problem about trying to produce a Southern U Class Mogul from an N; the wheelbase is different. The N and N1 classes used 8'10" + 7'3" + 8'3" wheel spacing, while the U, along with the U1 Mogul and the K, K1 and W 2-6-4 tanks, used 8'10" + 7'3" + 7'9". I know six inches doesn't seem much, but, along with the larger driving wheels, it does alter the proportions of the engine.

Neil Burgess

-----

Thank You

In response to Simon's thanks for the award to the Devon Belle Observation Car can I please ask Simon to put me down for 1 x 8 car WR Blue Pullman in Nanking Blue. DCC with sound would be great.

Congratulations to all the winners in their respective fields.

Mark Abbott

-----

Blue Pullman

Over the last 3 months I have now seen three printed references to hints of a possible production of the 'Blue Pullman'; two have indicated Hornby and the third was by Simon Kohler in Wednesday's MREmag. Is it an open secret? Will there be a 'Blue Pullman' in the not too distant future?

John Jeffery

-----

Wagons for the Southern

For Norman Allum, lamenting lack of choice in ready to run 00 wagons for the Southern Railway; I would argue that the SR prototypes required, bar one, are actually available. Consider, Hornby have an SR open wagon, SR van, pre-group SR brake van in their range; Bachmann offer a choice in SR vans and the Queen Mary brake van. RCH design minerals and other vehicles are universally applicable. The one item missing is the group standard brake van. The SR had relatively little in the way of goods stock, and the SR goods train often contained no SR revenue wagons at all as a result. Most of the grouping era goods traffic travelled in LMS and LNER vehicles, thanks to these groups’ coverage of both the industrial heartland of Britain and most of its’ land area: the resulting ton-mileage figures requiring them to maintain proportionately large wagon fleets.

Paul Jansz

-----

DCC Shorts

My railway is in a shed with a power supply via an extension cable from the house (fully earthed and RCB protected). I use Lenz and take the hand controller when I shut up the shed. The other day I was doing some fiddling in the shed, not running anything, so left the hand controller in the house. As soon as the power was put on I noticed smoke, and a strong pungent plastic burning smell, assuming some plastic sleeper bits had fallen onto the elements of the convector heater, I cut all power and took the heater outside and gave it a good shake.

When I returned a few days late, for more fiddling, I plugged everything back in and no smoke. Looking at my underground fiddle yard, I found a rail was distorted. Upon removal, I had a badly burned live frog point and 6 inch section of track on the right hand turn. The sleepers having burnt away completely and the track very discoloured by heat. The heel of the point had a live feed and the inner 'toes' of the point had insulated connectors on. How did this short happen. The hand held controller was in the house but power was obviously getting from the powered up transformer but it did not trip out. Does the trip only work when the hand held controller is utilised? Was there a fault on the point? I doubt it, but I'm sending it to the manufacturer more out of curiosity. Any Ideas?

John Jeffery

-----

Classes 15 and 17

My thanks to the correspondents who supplied information on the above. MREmag readers are a mine of information. Thanks again chaps.

Norman Clueit

-----

Company Owned Wagons

For company owned revenue wagons, the mix in the UK during the grouping era was roughly in the proportion of: 8 LMS, 7 LNE, 3 GW and 1 SR. The difficulty in producing a realistic grouping era goods train from ready to run products is the lack of general merchandise open wagons and vans from the LMS and LNE. Bachmann have made a significant move to eliminate part of this deficit and these vehicle are universal in application. I can thoroughly commend to anyone interested The Big Four in Colour 1935 – 1950 as a book to inspect for goods train make ups. That the pictures are in colour makes it far easier to identify the wagons on view. There are lots of LMS and LNE wagons, off their home systems but not so many from the smaller groups - which is exactly what would be expected.

Paul Jansz

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Wednesday 24.3.10

Model Rail Readers Models of 2009

Model Rail magazine, in association with Rmweb and MREmag, has unveiled the results of its ‘Model of the Year’ reader poll. Bachmann took the top 00 gauge prize for its model of GWR 4-4-0 No. 3440 City of Truro, produced in collaboration with the National Railway Museum. The classic 4-4-0 took 31% of the vote, beating Bachmann’s BR Standard 3MT 2-6-2T (22%) and the Hornby BR ‘Clan’ 4-6-2. Top steam locomotive in ‘N’ gauge was Dapol’s minute Stroudley ‘Terrier’ 0-6-0T, which took 60% of the vote in a two-horse race with the Graham Farish rebuilt ‘Royal Scot’.

Hornby’s ‘Devon Belle’ Pullman observation car won the 00 gauge rolling stock award by a landslide, taking 56% of the vote.

The manufacturer of the year titles for 2009 were also won by large margins, with Bachmann taking the 00 prize with 59% of the vote (Hornby was a distant second with 29%) and Dapol scoring 64% in the ‘N’ gauge division ahead of Graham Farish (36%). Hand-built brass specialist L.H. Loveless took both 0 gauge titles with its Deltic prototype diesel.

For a full review of the results, see the April issue of Model Rail – on sale March 25th.

Bachmann delighted to be Top of the polls

Bachmann Europe Plc. say they are delighted to have topped the polls in the annual Model Rail / RM Web / MREmag 'Model of the Year' competition.

Bachmann won three out of the four 00 categories winning steam locomotive, diesel/electric and manufacturer of the year. Bachmann was also awarded the ‘Model of the Decade’ award for the Prototype Deltic produced exclusively for the National Railway Museum.

Graham Hubbard, Managing Director of Bachmann Europe Plc. said today, "Whilst I am delighted with the 00 scale results, I am disappointed that the tremendous effort we have put into our ever expanding N scale Graham Farish range has failed to bring us any reward. Rest assured we will be working even harder to rectify that over the next year. I would like to thank all those who have voted for us and for the positive feedback we have received following our recent new model announcements".

Hornby Say Thanks

May I through your web pages thank all those who voted the Hornby Observation Car to be the Rolling Stock Model of the Year 2010. Obviously we were disappointed not to achieve more than the one award but this can only spur us on to aim for greater things in 2010/11. Once again, thank you. Now where did I put those Blue Pullman drawings!!

Sincerely

Simon

Hints & Tips No.234

Fitting Your Passenger Carriages with Passengers

by Trevor Gibbs (Melbourne, Australia)

The recently available cheap figures has allowed us to populate layouts beyond what were our wildest dreams only a few years ago. You could reasonably cut a few in half and fit them as passengers inside your passenger carriages.

As for the bottom half of the figures left over, you could paint a couple in an overalls coloured blue for example and have the legs protruding from under a car being repaired or a half figure diving into water.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Snippet No.291 - An Unnamed 'Patriot' in the North East

By John Cherry

Whitley Bay in the 1950s was a popular destination for excursion specials. On 24 May 1957, 'Patriot' 4-6-0 No.45549 of 12B Carlisle (Upperby) was seen departing on a return excursion to Workington.

Whilst ‘foreign’ locos were regular on such specials, the presence of an unrebuilt 'Patriot' was very rare for the north east spotters.

(Photo: C.Campbell. Book: Steam Memories No 14. Book Law)

What's on TV?
by Brian Macdermott

Thursday 25 March
Rural TV (279), 20.00-21.00. Trains and Locomotives. The Pennsylvania Railroad.

Having Your Say...

West of England Model Railway Exhibition

I spent last Saturday at the above exhibition and found it really enjoyable, it was well attended, and had a good mix of layouts and trade support. The hall layout was very good with the trade around the outside and the layouts in the centre. Many of the latter reflected west country scenes and were of a high standard; to single out any one layout would not be appropriate as they all had something to offer to the modeller. The exhibitors, trade people and Redruth MRC, who ran the show, were all very friendly. Bargains abounded and there was something for everyone.

I would recommend anyone who is coming to Cornwall to try to get to the Kernow MRC/ YMR show in the same venue in September. This promises to be even bigger and will have all the major manufacturers and main magazines attending, so it should be good. I believe it also coincides with the release of the Kernow MRC Beattie well tank. The only thing I would say is that they will need at least two halls for the September show.

Andrew Carter

-----

SR 2-6-0s

Following on from the request for an upgraded N 2-6-0 and the rejoinder that this would involve new tooling and that a larger return on new tooling can normally be expected for a class which has not previously appeared.

A U 2-6-0 would bridge this gap, as the N and U were similar in outline and geographic areas of operation. At the time the N originally appeared there were suggestions that a U should be derived from it.

Anthony Hinxman - Portland, OR, USA

-----

NRM Special Adult Event

It maybe of interest to MREmag readers that there is to be a special event at the National Railway Museum in York on Saturday 27th March 2010 in support of the 'Help for Heroes' fund. The following link provides the information that describes it much better than I could. http://www.nrm.org.uk/PlanaVisit/Events/helpforheroes.aspx?uid=UA-542777-8&utm_campaign=HfH+eshot&utm_medium=email&utm_source=NRM+Adult+Events

It seems like a great day out for all railway interests and support for injured servicemen.

George McKie

-----

0-6-0 Tank Engines

Many thanks to Paul Jansz for his observations on the current crop of small tanks. I do have DC controllers that are custom-built and up there with the best. With regular maintenance to the fleet, they manage to get by quite happily, even though I might have a whinge now and then. However, in the future, I plan to do more research on the mechanisms of the smaller locos before purchasing, so that I don't end up in the same situation whereby a loco is removed from it's packaging, tested, and immediately sent to the bench for repair or improvement.

Bill Towers - on holiday in Los Angeles

-----

The Perfect Tank Engine

I'd have to disagree with Dudley Jones over the versatile large tank engine. Pursuing the objectives he mentions do not just produce the Thompson L1; they produce the Fowler, Stanier, Fairburn and Riddles family of LMS/BR 2-6-4s, the Churchward and Collett large prairies and the Maunsell "W" class - all excellent examples of the type and almost all available as 4mm scale models.

Neil Burgess

-----

Class 15 Allocations

I was a regular observer at Norwich between 1959 and at least 1963.

I cannot recall the exact time that Class 15s appeared there, but it was quite early.

Nos D8200 - D8207 were stored on one of the coal roads beside the coaler for a number of months while J15s, J17s and the B12 (61572) went about their business. This road was traditionally where D16s were stored when not required.

Obviously the shedmaster was impressed.

It is sometimes said that EE Class 1s (Class 20) came to Norwich early on. Intended they may have been, but I never saw one there. Pity.

Dudley Jones

-----

The Survival of Sound from the 1980s

I'm don't know if Robbie McGavin is right in saying sound recordings from the 1980s might survive better than plastic models but it was 'interesting' to hear my own voice in 1985 hidden away in that link he gave us!

Presumably it counts as 'adding operational atmosphere' as it was in 'Trains In Trouble'.

Mike Romans

-----

DCC Shorts & Sections

My sympathies go out to Chris Patrick in his search for the elusive short circuit on his DCC layout. DCC is unforgiving, and even the best tracklayer can fall foul of Sod's Law when a coupling spring falls into a frog or a track pin makes it's way between two check rails.

It has been pointed out before that when short-busting on DC, the presence of power sectioning helps isolate the approximate location of the problem quickly.

People who contemplate DCC for their railway empires are advised to read up on "Power Regions" before grabbing the soldering iron. This (in the USA) is the technical term for a section in the DC sense, though it is never "turned off" in normal use, and you put them in for different reasons - one of which is to limit the scope of a short circuit on a complex or large layout and to allow one to geographically locate a problem that pops the circuit breaker.

Steve Mann - NYC.

-----

More DCC Questions

Following my recent questions regarding DCC, and the excellent replies received, I would like to ask a couple more.

My current DC layout was wired using telephone wire for the sections. Is this wire suitable for DCC or would it be advisable to rewire the layout with something more suitable?

I have one engine fitted with a sound chip, how long can the sound be left running without causing any damage?

As usual, one sentence answers will suffice.

Chris Martin

-----

DC & DCC Compatibility

Common return becomes a problem with DCC if you have more than one 'power district', i.e. sections fed by multiple boosters, cut outs or auto reversers, in which case both rails need to be isolated.

For a simple 'try it and see' exercise, switching all sections of a DC layout to one controller and connecting a DCC booster, common return will not be a problem, with the usual caveats about suitability of the wiring.

Andrew Crosland

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Monday 22.3.10

The London Festival of Railway Modelling

London's leading model railway event, The London Festival of Railway Modelling, will take place next weekend, 27th & 28th March.

Held in the historic Alexandra Palace, London's only multi-scale model railway show is brought to you by the publishers of British Railway Modelling and The Model Railway Club (MRC).

To celebrate the MRC's centenary, it has selected a superb package of 40 British, Continental and American working layouts for visitors, including two of the Club's major layouts - 'Happisburgh' and 'Copenhagen Fields'.

The show will be supported by over 100 traders offering all the essentials, with a specialist area for the more obscure and harder to source items. Plus, there will be demonstrations where you can ask any questions you may have on projects you are about to start or are currently working on to improve your modelling skills.

The show opens at 10.00am both days and closes at 5.00pm on Saturday and 4.30pm on Sunday. There are 2000 free car parking spaces, and a free bus from Alexandra Palace railway station and Wood Green underground to the venue. Admission £10.00 for adults and £4.50 for children.

Further details may be found on www.brmodelling.co.uk or call 01778 391123.

Hints & Tips No.233 - Simulating Panelling

by Dave Balcombe

Many narrow gauge carriages have panelled ends. To achieve a weathered varnished wood appearance try this:-

Give the ends a couple of coats of Humbrol Acrylic Matt Sand or similar. When completely dry, lay them absolutely flat and wash over with drawing ink. A rust or chestnut colour is perfect. Personally I used Games Workshop's Flesh Wash. Just leave to dry. It will gather along the edges of the beading and give a slightly distressed appearance with no effort. It's also great for varnished tongue and groove boarding.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

Coaling Towers

I was interested to see the comment about the plethora of Carnforth coalers. Perhaps this is understandable as nearly all were consigned to rubble in the sixties, and Carnforth offers a 'hands on' prototype.

However, here at Holden Hill (on the GE section) we have a coaler that appears to be based upon Kings Cross ('top shed'). This is the excellent Townscene example kindly supplied by my wife for Christmas 2008. Easy to build, it looks the biz....and its LNER!

Try one (and make sure its dirty).

Dudley Jones

-----

Hornby T9 Tender Frame

Many thanks to Robbie McGavin for the solution, and the link for the alternatives. It is good to see something constructive from an unintended error, rather than a complaint.

David Nevett - Edmonton, Alberta, Canada

-----

Parish Letter

No.

Richard Slipper - (Sorry Pat, I had to do it, else others would/have, I am sure!)

-----

Bachmann SR Items

Whilst I agree that between the big two manufacturers the SR is well catered for, it does seem a shame to me that Bachmann couldn't have updated some of their older models.

The N Class 2-6-0 model would be great updated to DCC standards (and with a proper engine-tender connection) and likewise the Bulleid coaches; although given their age, new tooling would be welcome.

The popular V2 and Ivatt tank would also benefit from a similar revamp.

Glenn Martin

I understand that the problem that manufacturers are faced with when deciding whether to introduce new subjects or upgrade old ones is that upgrading usually means starting again from scratch and costs as much as choosing a new subject. However, in general, they tend to sell more models if the subject is new than if it has been modelled before. To partially offset this factor, they can look for versatility of tooling, allowing them to produce members of a class that could not be modelled with the old tooling, as they were physically different. Hornby's impending 'Sandringham' Class loco is an example of this; with the old tooling, only the 'Footballers' could be modelled - Ed

-----

Class 15 Allocation

There were a number of posts made on the allocation of the Class 15 locos following the announcement of this model.

Trials of at least some were carried out on the LMR lines. The initial allocation of the Pilot scheme series (D8200-8209) was to Devon's Road (Bow, East London), although, at least on paper, D8208 was allocated to Toton for a time, possibly for trials. These later went to Stratford.

The next batch, D8210-8219, all went initially to March but soon went to Stratford or Ipswich. D8229-8232 went new to Norwich.

Some of the D8229-8243 series were at Finsbury Park at various times.

By withdrawal, they were all at Stratford, Ipswich, or Finsbury Park.

When in the Norwich area, duties included holidaymaker passenger trains during the summer, local goods and double headed on Sand trains from Coltishall.

When at both Devon's Road and Stratford, the class was used on inter-regional freight transfers and, on at least one occasion, double headed to Brighton (?) via Gatwick on a 'seaside special'.

Near the end of their life, duties included shunting the Harwich Train Ferries.

I don't know if any actually reached Yorkshire.

See British Railways Locomotive Allocations - Part 6 (Grindlay/Modelmaster Publications).

Martyn Daw

-----

May I recommend that Norman Clueit visits the excellent website at http://www.steamsheds.co.uk .

Despite the site name, it does include diesel allocations during the late 1950s and the 1960s on the database. Class 15s allocated to March in 1960 are listed as D8212-D8218 inclusive. By 1962 this had increased to D8210-D8219, but they seem to have all been transferred away during 1963.

Sadly, although both classes 15 and 23 made regular visits to Yorkshire, they were mainly being towed to Doncaster for works attention.

Regarding the mention of trials on the S&C; the February 1958 Railway Observer states: "on 17th January D8202 was noted with eleven bogies running from Sheffield to Carlisle and back. D8200 has also been noted on the same run".

Jon Stubley

-----

Norman Clueit was correct to say the Class 15s were an ER loco but, when the first batch arrived, they were allocated to the MR at Devons Road, Bow, East London along with the first Class 20s.

Ian Taylor

-----

DC and DCC Compatibility

Mr Peter Goodman thinks that common return wiring is not suited to DCC; I would say the opposite, the main thing about DCC is that it is both common return and common feed; every twenty thousandth of a second the feed and return exchange jobs.

He makes a very good point in his second paragraph, to be kept in mind by anyone running a large and / or complex layout.

I would say that, having just had an elusive short circuit fault on my DCC layout, which took longer to trace than it would have done on DC, because of the absence of sections, that if I had a layout wired with sectioning for DCC, I would keep the sections wired up, albeit all on all the time with DCC, for fault tracing purposes.

Happy Easter to all! There is a particular pleasure to chuffing trains round and round on what would normally be a work day.

Chris Patrick

-----

Hornby Maunsell Coach Sets

I am sorry if I am repeating a point already made, but I don’t understand why Hornby don’t issue some Maunsell coaches in number sets as train packs.

I purchased each of the two composites and two brakes from the original batch when they first came out and made up a set 236 that was not entirely accurate for the period. So far I haven’t been tempted to make any further purchases. This is because of the apparent scatter gun approach to coach numbering.

Now, if a limited run of a complete set as a train pack were offered, I could be persuaded to effectively buy the same models again, just because of the numbers. From previous correspondence on the MREmag site, I think I would not be alone in wishing to purchase complete sets.

Ray Wilshaw

-----

Model Trains Generally

The market for current model trains is profitable with BR or older steam models, but it will reduce as we all become older.

What is the essence of model railways, steam or diesel? Collecting models of these things? Well, there's an art! I personally have bought many more Hornby Maunsells and recorded more sounds than I need.

Models certainly reflect a plastic age, and I have no idea if, in 100 years these plastics will have survived as art, because they are the finest examples ever of short-run production in this exacting medium. They really are astounding, and produce results which are beyond the 'human eye'.

Without going further, I leave with sound recordings from the 1980s. These might survive better than plastic models?

http://www.steamsoundsarchive.com/index.html

Robbie McGavin

-----

Tanker v Tender

Your recent correspondent raised the issue and the question as to which was best, tender or tank. I would say that it depends on how long the journey is, how light the permanent way is, and the number and size of turntables.

For short haul a tank is good, provided the lines axle load permits. For lightly laid branches a small (0-6-0) tender loco (i.e. J15), may well be better than a small tank, provided that the engine runs well tender first (i.e. tender cab), or if there is a turntable at the terminus. Reason - the axle loading of the tank is likely to be greater as it carries its water/coal on the main axles whereas the tender engine drags its water behind.

If we try to make a tank a jack of all trades, longer range, smaller wheels for acceleration and high tractive effort, bigger bunker, etc. we end up with an LNER L1. Result - heavy engine, inadequate bearings and failure. Having said this, I can't wait to get my Hornby L1s allocated at 'Holden Hill'!

Dudley Jones

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully, as you would with a friend.

 

Friday 19.3.10

2010 British Model Railway Wish List Poll

The wish list poll has around 2 weeks to go and so please get their votes in quickly so as not to miss out.

The email address provided in the voting form is used to email people a copy of their votes. If the email bounces due to an invalid, miss-typed or expired mail box, their vote will not be counted - please take care when providing email addresses.

Tornado Lectures

'Do you want to 'kick up a storm' with your local railway or model group?' Then why not approach Tornado's owners, the A1 Steam Locomotive Trust, and have one of their speakers come along for a superb evening's lecture presentation hearing all about the now very famous, 'dream to steam' that is the Tornado story!

The 20 year story unfolds from three men's frivolous idea to build a steam engine from scratch for the 'price of a pint', The rest is now history...

See and hear the full story and get the latest updates on the world's newest steam engine at your very own society or club event night (no matter how small your group) by getting in touch with the Trust.

Even the Woman's Institute want to hear about Tornado so get your booking in fast! website www.a1steam.com

Current lectures: http://www.a1steam.com/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=151&Itemid=143

For lecture bookings please contact presentations@a1steam.com The PowerPoint presentation is free of charge and can be tailored from 45-120 minutes. Speakers are available almost anywhere in the UK and even the Channel Islands!

April British Railway Modelling

I mentioned earlier the free supplement, featuring the late Peter Denny's 'Buckingham Branch', which comes with the current issue of Railway Modeller; well, the layout also features on the front cover of the April issue of BRM. Furthermore, the EM gauge layout is one of those visited inside with the news that the executors to Peter's estate are looking for a new home for the layout.

Other layouts featured include Phil Greaves' 00 'Rhyd-y-Clafdy', Market Deeping MRC's 00 'Canons Cross', Nick Merifield's 4mm Great Central main line layout (BR steam) and Paul Warburton's contemporary 00 exhibition layout - 'Beeches TMD'. There is also a look behind the scenes at the operation of the MRC's 'Happisburgh'.

Product reviews this month include Bachmann's new model of Tornado and Dapol's N gauge Class 153 'Sprinter'.

A particularly useful article by Nigel Burkin, looks into the classification of Southern Region Mk1 EMUs. There are also previews of the 'Ally Pally' and York shows and David Brown takes a further look back at modelling in the late 1950s.

Practical articles include building the Townstreet 4mm coaling tower kit and constructing the Brilliant Baseboards kit.

April Continental Modeller

This issue includes a visit to the H0 Miniatur Wunderland in Hamburg - a layout to end all layouts! There is also the second part of the article on modelling dilapidated buildings. The plan of the month is a loco servicing facility and there is an extensive (and I mean extensive) report on the Nurnberg trade show.

Hints & Tips No.232 - Making a Jig

by Howard Ballard

When performing construction tasks which require repetition to obtain accurate copies, consider constricting a jig or template first, to accurately position that cut or joint. This avoids repeating difficult measurements or holding items in position whilst waiting for glue to dry.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

Large Tank Engines

Mike Romans mentions the partiality of different companies to tank engines rather than tender types for a range of duties. This was well illustrated by the main constituents of the LMS, where the Midland tended to use tank engines on relatively short-distance passenger duties and was distinctly unenthusiastic about their use on goods - hence the army of 0-6-0 tender engines for these jobs. The LNWR on the other hand were much more willing to employ tank engines on goods workings - and not only the short distance trips between one yard and another.

The Lancashire & Yorkshire employed its 2-4-2 radial tanks on all kinds of duties, including express passenger ones; though that network was considerably more compact than many others. The LB&SCR, along with the LNWR, used 4-4-2 tank engines on the 'Sunny South Express' running all the way from the south coast to Rugby on occasions. Passenger tanks could be speedy, the Fowler and Stanier 2-6-4s being recorded at 80+ mph on outer suburban workings from Euston and the Great Western's large prairies were capable of similar feats in and out of Paddington.

Truly there's more to tank engines than shunting and branch lines!

Neil Burgess

-----

Thanks to all who responded with answers to the tank question - most helpful and much appreciated.

Steve Mann - NYC

-----

Information/Photos Sought – Black 5 No. 45049

I’m trying to obtain photos of the above loco as it was before it had a boiler change in August 1959 (the month it went from a long firebox domed boiler to a short one).

Can anyone help?

Paul Reilly

-----

A Better Option for an 0-6-0T

I noted Bill Towers’ unhappiness with the performance of his 0-6-0T locos, and particularly the words 'traction tyre'. There are much better products available from Bachmann and Hornby which can be made to performance similarly to the class 08/09 from either manufacturer. Bachmann offer the GWR Pannier and the LMS 3F 0-6-0T, mechanically with much in common. Well weighted, with a sprung centre axle for reliable pick up, and a reduction ratio around the 30:1 mark, they perform very well. From Hornby the J94/Austerity 0-6-0ST has similar attributes though not as low a reduction ratio, but it does respond well either to a good feedback type DC controller or a feedback equipped DCC decoder.

None of these locos have the advantage of the 08/09 models, of a large motor with flywheel and something like 40:1 reduction which does help with smoothness; however feedback control does much to close the performance gap. If a small tank engine of different wheel arrangement is acceptable, the 56XX from Bachmann, and the N2 (when available) and the M7 from Hornby, are all similarly capable. I have examples of all the models mentioned (in some cases using the chassis to power old whitemetal bodies), all will sustain a below walking speed smooth crawl using DCC control, and shunt very realistically.

Paul Jansz

-----

Parish Letter

I like that!

Richard Slipper - (Is that the shortest post yet?)

Fellow spinsters of St Patrick’s, it has come to our attention that latterly fewer of the congregation have been falling asleep during the rector’s sermons. Rev. Hammond has asked Dr Macdermott to ensure that parishioners are not partaking of legal stimulants such as mint tea prior to attending his services although one regular was heard to comment that it was the brevity of the more recent orations which might be the problem. In fact he now felt that he hardly had time to settle into the corner of the family pew before the Rector had finished the collect and given the blessing. One beneficiary of the earlier finish at St Patrick’s has been the landlord of The Ivatt Four – locally known as The Mucky Duck. Host, Stephen Applemann was heard to say that business had never been better and that the Reverend himself was always first in at opening time as he seemed to be less busy now.

If any parishioner has news from St Patrick’s for inclusion in next months "Village Voice" please let the editor have it by March 31st. Bless you all.

RS

17 March – the feast of our saint – this year 2010.

-----

Sad Observation

Marks Arscott commented on coal towers and ash plants (Wednesday, 17 March).

It could be that Mark was alluding to the cenotaph tower and ash plant kits produced by Townstreet (as opposed to Scenecraft). I have built these and splendid models they are. However, if I had known that the Scenecraft versions were on the way, I’d have gone for them.

In essence, the spread works out like this:

1. Townstreet. kits which enable some ‘personalisation’. Around £220 the pair.

2. Bachmann Scenecraft: ready-made. Tower looks very good to me. Around £160 the pair.

3. Hornby Skaledale: ready-made. Slightly less detail in the tower. Not sure if an ash plant is on the way, but around £100 the pair?

4. Superquick: card kits. Around £20.00 the pair.

All these companies were responding to demands from the market place. Each of these fills a gap – which was very wide, unless one had around a £1000+ for a special making.

Brian Macdermott

-----

Bachmann and the AC Electrics Debate

I seem to have caused a stir with my comments regarding the Class 85, so perhaps I should clarify my remarks.

Like many more, I was delighted but surprised by the announcement (and will add at least one to my collection despite my WR modelling bias). I simply think that a quality model of the 87 would be a better seller in the long term because of the variety of different liveries they carried in operational service (BR Blue/Inter City/RFD/Virgin etc.) compared with only two basic liveries (plus two yellow panel variants) for the 'roarer'. I don't think you can count 85101 in RFD since it never ran as such in traffic and Bachmann don't generally do 'post-preservation' liveries on their models (unless the ACLG is planning a limited edition, hint-hint?).

Perhaps the door is being left open for Heljan to produce a quality version of the 87 once the 'Can' makes it's appearance? Then Hornby can upgrade the ex-Tri-ang 'Fish'.

One thing I forgot last time was to thank Pat for his hard work in bringing the announcements to us so promptly!

Kevin Gaylard

-----

Classes 15 & 23

Both Classes 15 and 23 were ER based locos, with Class 15 based mainly on the Great Eastern area and the 23s on the southern end of the East Coast Main Line.

I have seen a photograph of a Class 15 on trial over the S&C; did either class work into Yorkshire?

Some class 15s went to March, does anybody know which ones?

Norman Clueit

-----

Bachmann Programme

While reading all the glowing praises written about the new Bachmann releases for 2010 (and beyond). I cannot help notice the absence of SR products from the so called Era 3 1923 - 1947. While I prefer to differentiate between the Maunsell or Malachite Era. I find no steam locomotive has been offered in malachite green (or wartime black for that matter) in more than seven years. I believe the N15 was the last catalogue item.

Except for the token SR 12 Ton planked ventilated van with large SR logo, there has been very little in the way of rolling stock either. Even then, that particular logo was obsolete after 1936.

Admittedly the Southern modeller/collector has not been neglected by other manufacturers. It just appears Bachmann may be losing some revenue. There are a number of interesting items that could be made available. The 4-SUB and the Bulleid carriage with shallow ventilator sidelights, comes to mind! Close to fifty 3- and 4-car sets of these latter carriages were produced before the end of 1947.

Norman Allum - Old and grumpy! - Atlanta, Georgia, USA.

I think it fair to say that, despite the competition laws in this country, manufacturers do take notice of what each other is making and try to provide an overall balance in the market. Hornby were seen to be strong on Southern (with the exception of EMUs), while Bachmann have been strong on GWR and BR standard locos. Put the two catalogues together and you have a fairly good spread, if a bit weak north of the border - Ed.

-----

Hornby T9 Tender Frame Reversal Update

Congratulations Hornby for producing T9 Class model locomotives now with correct guard-iron location on 6-wheel versions, as well as correct rear-facing injector pipework between the driving wheels on recent production engines.

There are a large number of existing 6-wheel tenders with guard irons incorrectly at the front of the tender underframe, and while Hornby will fix this for free at Margate there are many who may prefer to reverse the frames themselves.

The tender body detaches easily, two screws, and the wheels and brakes detach easily, three screws. The frames themselves are clipped in with a little glue at the factory, and it is sheer luck as to how tightly they are fitted, but they generally detach with gentle 'wiggling' and a stern word or two. Once they are off, the joint faces will need to be cleaned and fettled for reversed-refitting, and you must snip off one triangular brace-piece on each frame to permit access for the two body-mounting screws. My tender accepted one side frame reversal easily, but the other sideframe required a great deal of patience, cleaning and filing to 'go in'. Dexterity is needed for this.

Glue is required to keep the frames in place, and care must be taken not to derange the wheel pickups on the chassis when reassembling, otherwise it is 'quite easy'... which is a synonym for, 'could easily turn to custard'.

Robbie McGavin

-----

DC & DCC Compatibility

When deciding a couple of years ago to convert my complex 4mm layout 'Crewlisle' to DCC, I never even contemplated running the two in parallel. Since then, I have accidentally placed a non-chipped loco on the layout and damaged the motor, because of the continuous 15 V AC in the track. But the main thing is, if you retain your original wiring, it may not be of the correct size for DCC and I do not think you can do it with common return wiring.

If you use a 5 amp DCC transformer/system the maximum number of locos it can control will be 4 or 5 simultaneously. In a DC controlled layout, the maximum current is about 1 amp and probably your wiring is sized accordingly. If your layout is wired so that the whole 5 amps can pass through any of these 1 amp sized wires, you have potential for a fire, or at least overheating! I suggest you check the size of all your wiring. I wired a ‘track bus’ (ring main) with 5 amp wire and used 16/0.2 strand wire rated at 3 amps for ‘droppers’ down from the track to the ‘track bus’ at 1M intervals.

Peter Goodman

-----

Advice Elsewhere on T9 Problem

Having championed the 'snip-and-epoxy' cure for guard-iron reversal in these pages recently, I thought it fair to add this 'proper' fix. It may be seen some way down this page, also. I have no opinion as to which cure is 'easier'. http://www.rmweb.co.uk/community/index.php/topic/225-revised-hornby-t9/page__st__25

I am now a very pleased owner of the full 6-car SR 1938 Suburban Set. Thank you Hornby.

Robbie McGavin

 

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Wednesday 17.3.10

Wallis & Wallis Sale - Next Monday

The next toy auction at the West Street Auction Galleries in Lewes, Sussex, is next Monday at 10.30am. Viewing will be on Friday between 9am and 5pm and on Saturday from 9am until 1pm. There will also be viewing on the morning of the sale from 9am until 10am. There will be 42 lots of model railway equipment. The catalogue, priced £7.50, is available from the above address.

Nottingham East Midlands MR Exhibition - This Weekend

This year’s Nottingham East Midlands exhibition is being staged over the coming weekend (Saturday 20th and Sunday, 21st) at the Harvey Hadden Sports Complex, Bilborough Park, Wigman Road, Bilborough, Nottingham NG8 4PB.

The opening times will be Saturday 9.30am – 5.30pm and Sunday 10.00am – 5.00pm. Admission prices will be: adults £6, children £2, OAPs £5, students £5, members of HMRS, 2mm Scale Association, EMGS, Scalefour Society, Gauge 0 Guild, DEMU (with valid membership card) £5 and families (2 adults+2 children) £14.

The venue is only about six minutes or so from the M1 junction 26 (via the A610 and A6002). There is free on-site parking and overflow parking arranged on adjacent sites. The on-site car park has security cameras and patrols. There is a cafeteria at the venue. Nottingham City Transport Service No.28 passes the venue. For full details of travelling to the event, please see the club's website: www.nottingham-modelrailway.org.uk

There will be layouts in 2mm FS, N, 00, EM, P4, and 0 gauges/scales (for full details, please see the website). Once again, there will be several demonstrations and clinics taking in, amongst others, soldering, coach building, scenery, resistance soldering, d-i-y etching and plastic card wizardry! The event will be supported by a whole host of manufacturers and specialist suppliers. For full details of all the stands and exhibits, please visit the website.

April Hornby Magazine

The magazine opens with the news that the 00 'Stove R' project is to go ahead and that Dapol started work on it at the beginning of March.

Layouts visited include the Redditch MRC's 00 BR(SR) 'Dagnell End', an ingenious 00 'micro' layout 'Bracty Bridge' by Marc Smith, Bradford MRC's 0 gauge BR transition period, plank layout, 'Oxenhope', Stewart Green's OOn3 narrow gauge 'Southwold Railway' set in 1922, plus various reader's layouts. The track plan this month is 'The Alston Branch' - a rural terminus with a fiddle yard at the other end.

Practical advice comes on creating a camping scene and starting out with etched kits. A feature article looks at petroleum traffic and is followed by one on building an oil terminal. There is another reality article on railway scrapyards and a historical feature takes us back to the Hornby Dublo and Tri-ang Railways TPOs.

Reviews include a test of two locomotives from OO Works, the Heljan 0 gauge Class 20 (followed by a feature on the prototypes), the Hornby sound fitted Class 50, Bachmann Class 57 in Arriva Trains Wales livery, B1 Gazelle, Class 66 in Bardon Aggregates livery and a weathered 56xx 0-6-2T, Graham Farish 'Warships' and Dapol 00 'Silver Bullet' slurry tank. There is also an in-depth look at the Gaugemaster Prodigy Advance 2 DCC controller.

New Hornby Releases

John Cherry asked if Hornby would be issuing a supplement to the 2010 catalogue to cover the extra models that they recently announced. I understand that a leaflet illustrating the unpublished images will be available for him to collect from his local model shop long before the models appear.

Two recent releases by Hornby are:

R2413B Class 31 BR weathered blue 31268

R2420A Class 31 BR green D5511

Hints & Tips No.231 - Using Barbecue Tongs
by Patrick Peake (Perth, Western Australia)

One very useful tool is barbecue tongs. Long handled tongs can help you reach
derailed stock at the back of wide baseboards or chase loose wires in tight spaces. At time of writing this, from what I read of your weather in the UK, barbecue tongs will not see much use in their proper role for a while.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Snippet No.290 - Bent whistle

by Brian Macdermott

I’m sure I’m not alone in accidentally knocking fragile parts that abound on today’s highly-detailed model steam locos. But, as with many things, there is a prototype!

In his article in the December 2009 issue of BRILL, David Percival recounts a photograph he took of A4 4-6-2 No.60021 ‘Wild Swan’ in the spring of 1960. Her whistle was leaning forward at an angle of 45 degrees.

What's on TV?
by Brian Macdermott

Thursday 18 March
Rural TV (279), 20.00-21.00. Trains and Locomotives. Burlington Northern.

Footnote:
If you missed the Indian Hill Railways 3-part series on BBC4, it is being repeated on BBC2, 21.00-22.00, starting Friday 26 March.

Having Your Say...

Bachmann Programme

It's absolutely fantastic news from Bachmann about the Class 85 A/C electric - what a 'bolt from the blue' that is. I'll be buying at least 6 of those and it's great to see them following on from Heljan's announcement of a Class 86. Maybe now Hornby will get around to retool the chassis for their Class 77 EM2 and Class 81 (AL1). Anyway, that has ticked off my No.2 slot on my electric loco wish list and, with Hornby's L 1, that is No.1 off my steam loco list dealt with too. Only an EM1 Class 76, an 07 shunter and a DP 2 to go now, and that will be the lot. Its so close to my unthinkable dream of these R-T-R models in 00, becoming reality.

On the subject of liveries carried by the Class 85s, they wore a lot more than two variations. There were: full electric blue, electric blue with half yellow ends, BR blue with full yellow ends and Railfreight triple grey Distribution, in the case of 85 101. Then there are the various numbers carried by the 40 strong class, starting with E3xxx, then 85 001 etc. and finally 85 101, etc. So, taking all the liveries and number possibilities into account, these iconic locos carried, there is huge scope for Bachmann to produce a large range of examples well into the future. I just hope they produce enough to keep up with demand.

Their BAA bogie steel carrier is a much welcomed addition too, especially if they do produce the cradles and coils to go on them. There is just a bogie 'Polybulk' Grainflow hopper wagon to see announced, now, to make it the best 'new model' year yet.

Keep this fantastic MREmag going, Pat, we need it.

Bob Hart

-----

Further to the request for brevity when submitting items for publication in MREmag, may I suggest that you give consideration to publishing only Haikus. Here is my offering:

Bachmann Catalogue
Proud John Hawkins stands alone
My heart is broken

John R Ardern Smith

Thanks John, at that rate I shall get through the editing in no time at all - Ed.

-----

Eastern Models

Now that the dust has settled from all the new model announcements and we await the results of the wish list, I'd just like to make a couple of comments. Firstly, as a GC/LNER line in BR days modeller, I can't wait for the O4 and L1, and can I just make out the headcode on Bachmann's EE type 3 (Sheffield Darnall's D6801) as 1O42, the Newcastle-Bournemouth? Put me down for one!

Initial disappointment at this year's Bachmann announcements are tempered by the fact that if the 3F and 7F are seen as viable, then we may one day see a D11 and J11.

On the subject of new liveries for existing models, can I make a plea for diesels in '60s and early '70s condition, i.e. green or blue with full yellow ends and pre- TOPS numbers. Hornby seem to rehash the Class 31 in the same green and blue liveries year after year when a green/full yellow ends with BR double arrows liveried model would make a suitable alternative.

Having 'tuned in' to MREmag for a while now, this is the first time I've written in, but would like to thank Pat and all the contributors for what is an essential read on three days of the week!

Peter Godley

-----

Detailing on the Hornby 'Castle'

Having expressed early concern about Hornby taking on the difficult task of getting right the details on individual 'Castles' I must record that, having bought mine on Saturday, I'm mightily impressed by their efforts on Ince Castle, and the correctly reproduced differences between it and Earl Cairns.

It bodes well for the others to come and I understand that, judging by samples seen by my dealer, the Hawksworth coaches are even better than the Maunsells - so I've ordered one of each, so far!

Mike Romans

-----

Sad observation

Question: How many mechanical coaling and ash plants were there at Carnforth? I can only remember one of each.

Now we are to have four; Scenecraft, Superquick, Hornby and now Bachmann.

This displays a singular lack of imagination by the major players or is it ‘keep up with the Jones’.

There are plenty of official drawings about, if one can be bothered to look for them.

Laziness or try and gazump the competition?

I found 24 LNER and 4 LMS variants and without much effort.

Mark Arscott

The Bachmann model is the Scenecraft one, the latter being the name of their building range, and I understood that the Bachmann and Hornby ones are from different sites, one LNER and the other LMS. I seem to remember Carnforth and Immingham mentioned - or am I getting muddled? I don't know about the Superquick one. Any takers? Anyway, the pre-production model that Bachmann were displaying at Coventry last week looked fantastic with lots of ladders and handrails reproduced on it - Ed.

-----

GWR Tank Engines

What is not often appreciated is that the GWR was very much a tank engine railway, with considerable use of 0-6-0 tank engines for long distance freight work in broad gauge times.

With Churchward's anathema to locos without leading guiding wheels it was natural for him to progress to a 2-6-2T design for freight work, and to use that layout for a passenger loco. The next step was then an 8-coupled freight tank. Side tanks offered various advantages on a taper boiler loco where saddle tanks would have been difficult to fit and would cause stability problems at higher speeds.

The advantages of a tank engine is that it is not hauling the weight and length of a tender, offers good adhesive weight, and it can run reasonably well in either direction. But as loco running distances increased, a tender was better as it could offer greater coal & water capacity without the need for so many stops; it also helped to steady a loco at speed.

So the GWR gradually moved towards increased use of tender locos on most long distance freight but kept a large fleet of tank engines for more local freight (and passenger) working.

Mike Romans

-----

A Question of Prototype

In answer to Steve Mann, the decision to build a particular type of loco was (and to some extent still is) dictated by the job it was intended to do.

This decision was a complex formula based on tractive effort, design speed and distance run between fuel stops.

Tank engines in general were designed for modest distance and had some distinct advantages in terms of water being warmed slightly giving greater thermal efficiency and shorter wheelbase and lighter weight for good tractive effort (weight over the driving wheels). The greatest barrier to tank engines was coal capacity so they were mostly used not very far from base. They were always better running in reverse than any tender loco so were frequently used for branch lines.

Many tank engines with inside cylinders and 0-6-0 wheels were instantly displaced by diesels. Probably the best example of the evolution of the breed was the Standard 4 2-6-4.

David White

-----

Steve Mann posed the question on Monday. I don’t consider myself to be a loco engineer, but the following may help.

Tank engines are well-suited to branch line work as they:

- have restricted coal and water capacity.

- are generally lighter (but I stand to be corrected on that).

- do not require turning (tender cabs offer less weather protection tender-first).

As ever, research is the key to establishing your raison d'être for your layout. Some branches generally only ever saw the smallest of locos, whilst - for example - the St Blazey line saw the Class 42xx 2-8-0T for clay workings.

Brian Macdermott

-----

There are probably several possible answers to Steve Mann's question about why large tank engine versions of tender types were produced. The main one is that tank engines are particularly suited to shorter-distance operations which require less coal capacity than would be obtained with a tender engine. Thus the Great Western 4200 class 2-8-0 tanks were built to work the relatively short pit-to-port journeys in south Wales rather than use a 2800 class tender engine.

Tank engines are more suited to operation bunker first than tender engines, which means they don't need turntables; the Board of Trade was often cautious about the distances engines needed to run tender-first on passenger trains.

Tank engines also have some advantage in adhesive weight, in that the coal and particularly water is carried on the engine itself. This could of course change as the tanks emptied.

Tank engine types might precede into service tender types of which they were theoretically the equivalents; the LNWR 4-6-2 'superheater tanks' were built before the 'Prince of Wales' 4-6-0s and the Great Western 5100 class 'large prairies' appeared long before the 4300 class 'Moguls'.

Neil Burgess

-----

LNER Van Identities

In reply to Graham Crawford’s query regarding which LNER van diagrams Bachmann’s descriptions indicate, using Peter Tatlow's book for reference (Monday 15th March), two of the descriptions, "metal end with ventilators", and "fruit van version with louvered end and roof ventilators", tally nicely with the groups of vehicles illustrated and drawn on pages 35 and 39/40 respectively, which include some minor variations. The third description, "wooden planked ends with ventilators", is more ambiguous. It could be the vehicle in plate 65 of p34, or the vehicle in plate 69 on p36. Both have all wood bodies with end ventilators and are on the 10’ AVB fitted underframe. Unless someone in the know at Bachmann cares to comment, we shall just have to wait for illustrations to clarify exactly which variant is intended in each case.

I cannot be the only person who has already begun planning the body and chassis swaps and modifications facilitated by these new models. A little 3F 0-6-0 to pull them, too, so typical of the small steam locos that slowly delivered the freight around the network, well into the 1960s. They are very well thought out additions to the steam era product range from Bachmann - good work guys!

Paul Jansz

-----

Prototype Modelling

I fully concur with Steve Mann's philosophy (Friday last week) of running trains even if you don’t have entirely the correct stock at that moment. When I am running my layout as SR, I have a number of Bachmann LMR BGs with little bits of masking tape stuck on the roofs. This indicates to me that the vehicle is purporting to be a Bogie Van B (until Hornby make them for me! Please!)

Brian Macdermott

-----

S&D 7F

I thought I’d let the dust settle before writing about the 7F.

Very many thanks to all those who supported the proposal that John Baxter (Chairman, S&DRHT) and I put together back in 2008. Although I, personally, had been badgering Simon Kohler for years for this loco, the overwhelming ‘preferred supplier’ (from emails received) was Bachmann – and I think that was because the LNWR G2a 0-8-0 had just appeared.

The popularity of the S&D somehow seems to outweigh its overall importance, due partly, I’m sure, to the ‘family atmosphere’ that surrounded the line. That atmosphere has been captured time and time again in the films and photos of the late Ivo Peters, in the writings of ex-driver Peter Smith and – more latterly – in Mike Arlett’s albums of Norman Lockett pictures.

The release of the 7F will also be good news for the Somerset & Dorset Railway Trust at Washford on the West Somerset Railway; for the Somerset & Dorset Railway Heritage Trust at Midsomer Norton; and for the team at Butterley.

Finally, my heartiest thanks to Bachmann for investing in this loco. I hope that it will result in the archetypal ‘win/win’ situation for all concerned.

Brian Macdermott

-----

Hornby 'Clan' – Variations

Any readers of Steam World magazine will have seen on the front cover of the March edition an excellent picture of 'Clan' 72009 Clan Stewart, taken in September 1962. This 'Clan' had green cylinder covers and this loco can easily be created out of Hornby’s 72008. You just need to change last digit of the number; namesplates from Modelmaster and use Railmatch No 300 BR Green to paint the cylinders between the BR lining. Yellow and a red strip on the axle box covers on the trailing bogie and tender and you have got something a little different.

John Cherry

-----

House Style

Although I suppose this is not really a model railway topic, I really feel I must comment on the House Style. Bill Towers is right to suggest that many of us have more than 50 years since school days and strict English teachers. The appalling standard of English on the Internet does make me query if they still teach grammar?

The main reason, apart from the information and news I receive, that I am an avid reader has always been the grammatical excellence that is evident in the House Style. It has been described on a rail forum as like a 'Parish Letter', this was meant as a scathing remark, which was somewhat undermined by the spelling of Parish with the letter R twice.

Thank you Pat for your help and corrections. Long may the 'Parish Letter' last.

Alan Tewson

-----

DC & DCC Compatibility

The answer to John Gerrard's query is that it is possible to wire a layout to work with both DC and DCC; however, the bigger the layout the more the complications and the greater the importance of having a system that prevents the two being switched on together. This may cause damage to the electronics, locos or both.

I have a number of locos that I will not convert to DCC and also have a 'Live Steam' system. On a previous layout, I had Mallard in live steam, Bristol Castle in Hornby Dublo DC, and some modern locos in DCC running on the same baseboard, but all controlled individually. This was fun but purely an experiment to show it could be done, I would advise John to keep his systems separate to avoid potential problems.

Andrew Carter

-----

Hornby BR Green Class 31 – D5511

This item was to be a future snippet but as Hornby have surprisingly issued this loco, it was due for the 3rd quarter, I feel it is more appropriate now. D5511 is in the original green livery and this loco had a very interesting baptism as with the paint barely dry it was sent from Stratford Depot to the Scottish Region for trials. It arrived at Inverness late in June 1958. The following month it went to Glasgow Eastfields and then on to Edinburgh St Margarets and finally back to Inverness for a couple of months. It finally returned to Stratford in September. On 5 August 1958 it was photographed at Tain station, on the 'Far North line', passing 'Black Five' No 45483. Something hopefully of interest to Scottish Region modellers.

John Cherry

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Monday 15.3.10

April Railway Modeller

With this issue comes a free 8-page supplement devoted entirely to the late Peter Denny's Buckingham Great Central layout. Other layouts covered in this issue include Ian Stoate's large 'Walcot Yard' (late '90s), Ian Futers' 7mm 'Ullapool' (blue diesel), the 00 'Pendennis Railway' (pre-war LMS) which is looking for a new home (see below), Soar Valley MRC's 009 'Sowter's Lane', Juanita and Geoff Harrington's 00 'Cowsbridge' (GWR), Gareth Rowlands' N gauge 'Alloa East' (blue diesel), John Bowler's 009 'Pengwarnick Quarry' and Alex Bretherton's 00 'North Hoyle' (BR(WR) c1960). Plan of the Month is 'Salcombe', an attractive corner end-to-end layout with a traverser fiddle yard.

Reviews this month include the Heljan 0 gauge Class 20 and the 00 Class 15. There are new versions of the ViTrains Class 47, diesels from Kernow, SE&CR H Class from OO Works, Farish 'Megabox', Stanier coaches and blue 08, Bachmann Class 04 and 'Presflos', Harburn Hobbies accessories, Peco turntable motorising unit, figures from Noch, the Parkside Dundas LNER 20t hopper kit and the usual collection of commissioned PO wagons.

Practical articles include building the Ffestiniog No2 Prince in plasticard, historic track in 0 gauge, building a detachable fiddle yard and scratch-building Cornish tin mine buildings. There is the start of an ongoing series on building with plasticard and the third part on getting started in 009. There are also scale drawings of Filey Station on the North Yorkshire Coast.

Pendennis Railway

One of the layouts featured in the April Railway Modeller is the 'Pendennis Railway'. As stated in the article, the layout is about to be broken up; our last running day will 8th April and the building in which it is housed is due to be demolished in June. We would like to take this opportunity to make the following offer:-

The trustees would like to offer the layout, for free, if it can be reconstructed in its present incarnation. Be advised though that it will take an extraordinary amount of work and skill to accomplish it, as well as sizeable property in which to house it.

Any group who is interested should contact the layout’s trustees at BaggieWeave@gmail.com. You may be interested in these two YouTube clips http://www.youtube.c...h?v=CjTnuJVi9uE, http://www.youtube.c...feature=related .

New Bachmann Branchline Releases

The following models left the factory last week and should be in the shops in April:

31-177DS 'Jubilee' Class locomotive No.45593 Kolhapur in BR green livery with DCC sound.

32-050DC BR Class 42 'Warship' No.D809 Champion in BR maroon livery – now with 21-pin decoder socket DCC decoder fitted.

32-061 BR Class 42 'Warship' No.D812 The Royal Naval Reserve in BR blue livery – now with 21-pin decoder socket.

37-505 ZEO 24 ton ore wagon in gulf red livery No.DP101453.

37-528A 20 ton brake van in BR grey livery No.B951504.

38-161B BR 12 ton planked vent van in bauxite livery No.B760289.

38-170B BR 12 ton plywood ventilated van in bauxite livery No.B777586.

38-171B BR 12 ton plywood ventilated van in bauxite livery (late) No.B775719.

38-180B BR 12 ton plywood fruit van in bauxite livery (early) No.B875716.

39-028D BR Mk1 SK second corridor in SR green (late) No.S24317.

39-053D BR Mk1 SO second open in SR green (late) No.S3824.

39-078D BR Mk1 BSK brake second corridor in SR green (late) No.S34641.

Hints & Tips No.230 - Prototype Or Freelance? Part 3

By Bob Heath Barchester (Spain)

If you are like me and prototype railways are not your primary interest, then consider going down the freelance road. The demands and skill requirements on the freelance modeller are just as great as those who desire to reproduce a prototype.

You can model something that might have been. On the GWR, for example, a line that feeds an imaginary town from somewhere in the west country because of the demands of a local industry that you have invented. Maybe a dockland scene with grimy buildings and overhead cranes everywhere, retaining walls covered with years of soot and dirt. The list of scenes that can make good models is almost endless.

You could go the whole freelance hog and just build a good looking model with the things that you like on it, and with engines and rolling stock of different kinds and from eras. The choice is yours - and always remember we are doing this for pleasure, our pleasure. So, wherever your final choice leads you, make sure you enjoy the experience.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

Liveries for the Bachmann Class 85

Class 85s have carried three liveries, if you include the triple grey freight livery which was proposed for the class but has only been applied in preservation by the AC Locomotive Group. There was also a variation of Rail blue with red bufferbeams and white E numbers, as carried by two of the class during their last months in service, and 85030 carried the unofficial name Fell Runner in the mid 1980s, so there is plenty of scope for variations.

87s were the first British Rail class to be introduced without train reporting indicators on their front ends and carrying TOPS numbers from new, so they wouldn't have been seen in Electric Blue with white cab roofs as described. Indeed, the only 86s to carry this livery have been heritage repaints, as the first members of the class were delivered in an early form of Rail Blue, but without yellow warning panels. I stand to be corrected, but think the release of the Bachmann Class 85 model with E numbers will be the first overhead AC electric to carry this variation since the Liliput, and possibly Tri-ang Class 81 models. How many years ago was that....?

Andy Gautrey

Very nearly 40 years - Ed.

-----

'Stove R'

This morning (Thursday) I received my subscription copy of the April edition of Hornby Magazine and was heartened to see that the HM/Dapol 'Stove R' project is on! Work is now underway to produce the 00 scale model with a projected release date of November 2010 (just in time for Christmas) at a projected cost of £27.95 each.

It is reported that the model will come in five liveries, these being LMS lined maroon with maroon ends, post-1936 LMS maroon with black ends, post-1949 BR crimson, post-1956 BR maroon (without lining) and post 1967 BR blue with double arrow logos. Exact numbers of each livery are yet to be decided, but they state that the plan to produce the BR crimson and maroon numbers with two running numbers in the initial batch and haven't ruled out the possibility of weathered versions and other different running numbers in the future.

Happy days!

It looks as if Christmas 2010 could be a bumper one for some modellers and, once again, a manufacturer is actively supporting those who support them.

Steve Daly

-----

A Question on Prototype

The recent wealth of GWR N scale tank locos on the market has me asking a question I should have asked years ago: What drives the decision to design a (full-sized) locomotive as a large side tank design as opposed to a tender-equipped type? What is the trade-off?

I ask because in envisaging a GWR branch line layout, I am keen to restrict traffic to tanks type locos (which I believe look better in N scale), but want also to nod in the direction of prototype concerns and constraints.

Steve Mann - NYC

-----

Marks Out of Ten

I think it would be a good idea if our editor was to give us a mark for each e-mail we send to MREmag, and perhaps a comment such as 'VG' or 'See Me'. That way we would know how we are performing and could strive to do better. After all, it is fifty years or more since some of us were at school and we might need a bit of a shake up.

Bill Towers - Brisbane

That's a C-, Towers. I had to make five corrections. Read my notes - or you will be in detention! - Ed.

-----

Re House Style

I can see from Pat’s comments today (Friday 12/03/2010) that the current system of open emailing is still being ‘abused’. I am sure that he would like to keep the process of getting submissions more informal, however, if we as contributors don’t conform to these reasonable rules, then either we will lose the ‘Have Your Say’ section, or it will have to be formalised, perhaps in the form of a web-based submission form that will force us to work more closely to Pat’s requirements. While I wouldn’t have a problem with such a form I’m sure many would bemoan such an appearance, but even more so the loss of the section (as would I).

So please, for both Pat’s and your sakes, keep to the house style!

Ian Vale

Thanks Ian. Keeping to the house style would be a bonus, but the priorities are to keep below 200 words, read it before sending, spell-check it, title it and sign it. Let's get that straight before tackling the grammar (which I sometimes struggle with myself) - Ed.

-----

Bachmann Mineral Wagons

The only type they have done so far is the 16 ton version; the ones I have got are from diagrams 1/100 1/102 1/10. The diagram 1/108 'Minfit' is wrong, as it should have clasp brakes not Morton brakes. The only model Bachmann can do with Morton brakes is the MXV. All I ask is that Bachmann have a look at coal traffic, that ran on BR up to 1984, in minerals and hoppers.

James Woodland - Retired MS4

-----

DC & DCC Compatibility

John Gerrard asks: ‘Is it possible to run DCC and DC, using controllers from both, on the same track (not at the same time)?’

The answer is yes, of course! I already do. I did use a ZTC controller (which allows you to choose DC, DCC or Zero 1), but have just sold it to a friend and upgraded to a USA DCC controller.

Instead, for DC, I bought a simple Bachmann controller (36-560) for £18.50 from Rails of Sheffield (lovely people). You also need a simple wall-plug transformer, but some retailers are selling 36-560 complete with transformer and track clip (split from train sets), for a similar price.

Hornby has a similar offering, but I think Bachmann’s design is easier to use (it’s got a big knob).

I wired my layout for DC, and this is the only proviso if you want to use both systems. You need the usual DC section breaks etc. included if you want have more than one locomotive at once on the layout. For DCC operation, just turn all section switches to ‘on’; then have fun!

Mel Holley

-----

I assume John Gerrard is thinking about a layout to be built and run by one person. May I advise as follows:

On a simple layout, such as a plain oval

You can run one loco not fitted with a decoder at a time using a DC controller. Most DCC fitted locos can be run like this, the decoder recognises a DC supply and uses it. If you disconnect the DC controller and connect a DCC controller and you can run more than one decoder fitted loco at a time and / or one loco that does not have a decoder.

Medium complex layouts, such as a twin track oval with crossovers and sidings

Using DC, you need one controller for each track so you can run more than one loco at a time. You may need more controllers and / or some switches and extra cabling to turn power on and off various parts of the track if you want to use a siding complex with a headshunt or store locos on the track. Using DCC, it's still just one controller and you turn all power controlling switches to on if you are using decoder fitted locos only. Using a DCC controller and one loco that does not have a decoder on this sort of layout is too complicated to be enjoyable, in my view.

Very complex layouts

Choose DC or DCC and stick to your choice.

Chris Patrick

-----

To answer John Gerard (Friday 12th March) it is desirable to be able to use DC control on at least some of the track of a layout that is normally operated using DCC. I will not be alone in having installed DCC on what had previously been a cab control, common return wired, sectioned layout. Two of the three DC controllers were disconnected, and the track and programming outputs of the DCC system connected instead. That was all that conversion to DCC control entailed, and meant that any layout section may be operated by DC, DCC, or as DCC programming track.

This makes for great convenience. A visiting or newly acquired DC loco can be run anywhere on the layout, a new decoder installation may be programmed anywhere on the layout, and the layout may be operated DCC only, all by setting section switches. When I first acquired DCC, the thought was of a long term process to decoder fit locos, because the existing DC operation worked very well. But the seductive ease and realism of DCC operation proved irresistible and the layout very quickly became exclusively DCC operated except for testing and visitors.

Paul Jansz

-----

In response to John Gerrard’s posting (12/03/2010) regarding DC and DCC, the basic answer to his question is ‘Yes’. However, as in life, nothing is that easy. DCC puts a permanent 18 volts AC into the track. There is no power in the track on DC until you open the controller. This means that generally, if you put non DCC fitted locomotives onto a live DCC track they will fry and burn out. If you put DCC fitted locomotives on a DC powered track nothing will happen at all.

A layout built for DC control will generally have been split into sections, each controlled by an on/off switch. If you connect a DCC controller to the layout it will work happily with DCC fitted locomotives with all switches set to ‘on’.

A layout built specifically for DCC will generally be powered as if it is one section only. If you connect a DC controller to it, all non DCC fitted locomotives on the layout will move together as there is no means generally of isolating each one.

I have tried to keep it simple and overused the word ‘generally’ as I know there are exceptions to everything.

Merv Rogers

-----

Bachmann LNER Wagons

As you can imagine I am delighted that Bachmann are producing two LNER wagons this year. I have been trying to work out which vans they are using the descriptions and Peter Tatlow's book for reference. Has Anybody been able to work out what diagrams they are?

Graham Crawford

-----

Modelling Eastern

You've never had it so good (have I?)

I do really well out of R-T-R and (wagon) kit manufacturers as a modeller of late '70s and early '80s Midland Region.

However, another area I'd love to model is the GE lines out of Liverpool St, towards Shenfield. From 1985 (yes, that's only 25 years ago) motive power I'd need would be 47/4s for the Norwich services (fine) but for almost everything else, there is nothing.

No 302, 305, 307, 308, 309, 312, 315 R-T-R. Of these, kits are available only for the 309 and 312, and both are unsurprisingly expensive.

So I read with amusement that Hornby has painted a set of Maunsell carriages with the wrong colour droplights...you've never had it so good!

Andrew Meaney

-----

Maunsell Set 208

Adrian Kops detailed this set on Monday. May I offer the following clarifications?

The set as listed was extant between June 1956 and October 1959. As well as Bournemouth/West Country services, it was also allocated to Salisbury and Weymouth services and through services to other regions. One picture I know of shows the set (undated, but possibly composed as above) in the Norwich area. See 55 Years of East Anglian Steam, plate 200.

The difficult thing with this set is that the SO is a Restriction 1 coach - highly unlikely that Hornby will ever make it R-T-R. SO 7978 was withdrawn October 1959 and replaced by 1935 Diagram 2007 SO 1308 from November 1959 - again, probably not likely to be made R-T-R.

Set 208 became an 8-set June 1951 with the same formation as June 1956, except that it then had flush-sided 1935 Diagram 2008 TK 1868 instead of the R1 Diagram 2653. The set was disbanded February 1962 when all the coaches were withdrawn, except 1197 and 1308, which soldiered on until September 1964 and October 1963 respectively.

The above data is from the SR Appendix to the Carriage Working Notice books.

Brian Macdermott (with assistance from Chris Knowles-Thomas of SRLHCS)

-----

Bachmann Branchline 2010

It was good to see that Bachmann will be bringing out some LNER wagons for us wise men in the East, notably the 12 ton ventilated van, and the 13 ton high sided steel open wagon. However, the North Eastern star of the catalogue this year will be the 45 ton bogie well wagon in LNER Grey, with a boiler load.

While looking at the catalogue, I also got out my LNER Wagons Volume Two, on LNER North-Eastern Area by Peter Tatlow, and found that there is a complete page with two photographs showing ex-NER 35 ton flat trolley No 77823 carrying a boiler, not too dissimilar to that in the Bachmann catalogue, and a second image of it carrying a condenser. From the photographs in Tatlow, No 77823 appears to have been based out of South Stockton, or Thornaby-on-Tees by its later name, and was constructed in 1914, to diagram J17, coded 'Flatrol M', as indicated in Bachmann's catalogue.

The boiler in Tatlow's Volume was built at Riley Brothers, who set up the Perseverance Boiler Works at Mary Street, Millfield in Stockton-on-Tees. Their Boiler Works was located near the key junctions of Hartburn Junction and Bowesfield Junction in Stockton, that could facilitate easy access from the Teesside iron and steel works to the east, and subsequently provide onward transportation of finished goods to the south, west and north.

Mike Leonard

-----

Silver Jubilee A4s

Do we know which Silver Jubilee A4 Hornby is going to be release as a Limited Edition? All four of the silver and grey locos have previously been produced by Hornby and Bachmann, with two to the latest standard (Silver Fox R2373 and Quicksilver R2445). I have tender and loco drive Hornby versions and a Bachmann one. Although there are differences in the mouldings and details, when the four of them are together on a layout they look magnificent. All we need now is for someone to produce some proper articulated coaches to run with them as, despite the lovely paint, the Hornby 'Silver Jubilee' Staniers do not really do the job. I’m part way through building a full rake from kits, but the thought of that paint job is somewhat daunting.

For completeness, here’s the list:

Silver Link #2509 R0312, 31-950X & R2367 (live steam)

Quicksilver #2510 R2246 & R2445

Silver King #2511 R2278

Silver Fox #2512 R0099, R2373, 31-925A

Thanks for the great read.

Darryl Judkins, New Zealand

Hornby have said that it will be Silver Link - Ed.

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend

Friday 12.3.10

Next Vectis Auction - Tomorrow!

The next model train sale at The Benn Hall, Rugby, is tomorrow 13th March, at 10.00am. Viewing is today (Friday) between 5pm and 7pm and on Saturday from 8am until 10.00am.

As a guide to content, the catalogue contains Meccano & other constructional toys (36 lots), Meccano Shop display material etc. (16), catalogues & books (16), pictures & prints (11), live steam (5), Tri-ang Minic (41), Railwayana (2), Hornby Dublo (88), Wrenn (46), Tri-ang Railways 00/H0 (65), Tri-ang Railways TT (4), Tri-ang Minic Motorway (6), Trix (8), miscellaneous (6), H0 & 00 brass locos (8), 00 kit & scratch-built locos (53), gauge 1 and larger (18), LGB (37), Hornby 0 locos (29), further 0 gauge locos (15), Hornby 0 rolling stock (74), further 0 rolling stock (14), modern 0 gauge locos (56), miscellaneous 0 gauge (11) and 0 gauge and larger accessories (53).

Graham Farish Models on the High Seas

For those awaiting a new batch of Bachmann's superb N gauge models, the following are currently on their way to the shops and should be there by the beginning of April:

373-600B 46 ton VGA Sliding Wall van in EWS (weathered) livery No. 210430

373-601B 46 ton VGA Sliding Wall van in Railfreight Speedlink (weathered) livery No. 210693

373-602B 46 ton VGA Sliding Wall van in Railfreight Distribution (weathered) livery No. 210493

373-727 10 Ton insulated box van in BR light blue No. B872208

373-751B 12 Ton ventilated box van in BR bauxite No. B772139

374-826A Stanier Brake Second coach in BR Crimson & Cream livery No. M5772M

374-835A Stanier Third Corridor in LMS Crimson lake livery No. 1674

374-836A Stanier Second Corridor in BR Crimson & Cream livery No. M1981M

374-840A Stanier vestibule third coach in LMS Crimson lake livery No. 9464

374-846A Stanier First Corridor coach in BR Crimson & Cream livery No. M1066M

377-251A 16 Ton steel mineral wagon in BR light grey livery No. B229637

377-277A 27 Ton steel tippler wagon in BR grey with Iron Ore branding (weathered) No. B380005

Bachmann 3F LMS Number

It has been brought to my notice that the number carried in the new Bachmann catalogue for the Johnson 3F in LMS livery is incorrect. This should be '3205'.

Scenecraft Ash Plant Brought Forward

Bachmann have announced that, following the first showing of the new 4 road steam shed and the model of the Carnforth coaling stage at The Model & Hobby Show in Coventry, the Scenecraft model of the Carnforth ash plant has been brought forward, in response to dealer demand. It had been planned to show the model at the Bachmann trade open days in July.

The new model (catalogue number 44-086) will be available in 00 scale later this year. It will be highly detailed and match the standards set by the coaling tower.

David Haarhaus, Bachmann’s Sales & Marketing Manager, said today, "Our coaling tower has been enthusiastically received during the show and the new four road steam shed is a natural progression for us. It is our intention to further develop the range of buildings from the steam age and the response to the engine shed, based on the prototypes at Bedford and Bescot, has been amazing”.

Notes for Contributors to MREmag

As regular readers will know, I have agreed to continue with the 'Having Your Say' section in MREmag on the understanding that contributors make an effort to correct their emails before sending them. To this end, I published a set of guidelines which are available to read at the bottom of Page One of every issue. To date, there has been little effort made to conform. Only about 30% of emails more or less meet the required standard. I have so far sent back only one (it had 41 errors in 146 words!) and have delayed publishing two excessive cases (on the basis that if you inconvenience me, I'll inconvenience you). If all you do is keep them down to a maximum of 200 words, start with a heading, use the spell-check and read it through before sending it, asking yourself if it reads like you would expect it to in a magazine - I am prepared to do the rest, if necessary.

Hints & Tips No.229 - Useful Tools No.2 (from several sources)

3M make a paper correction tape used in offices called Post-it Correction and Cover-up Tape (ref. no. 658). This can be used as a light masking tape when airbrushing. It has the advantage that the adhesive is very gentle and won't harm the surface it is stuck to; it won't however work too well with very heavy coats of paint.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Having Your Say...

Hawksworth Coach Liveries

It's good to see that, at last, there will be some extra passenger vehicles for the GWR/WR lover and Hornby are to be congratulated on their announcement of Hawksworth coaches. As someone who would certainly buy several of these, to go with my 1003 'County of Wilts', I was disappointed to see that there was no proposal to produce in GW colours. I'm sure my memory hadn't let me down and that I had seen photo's of these in GW livery, somewhere.

Last night I found them, in Jim Russell's GW Coaches Appendix 1 (OPC). The frontpiece shows a cropped picture of 3rd class # 796 of lot 1691 in GW livery. A further mooch through the volume shows a full side view of #7252, a first/third, of diagram E163 (lot 1689) of 1947, in the final Great (coat of arms) Western period, an official photo.

Russell states that in 1948 these coaches were still being out-shopped in chocolate and cream, double waist lining, but with 'W' prefix numbers and illustrates this with Diagram E165 # W7799.

It's good news that Hornby are considering issuing the coaches in GW livery - when they do, I'll be first in the queue with my plastic card on fire!

David Rollason

I don't think there has been a commitment to make them, yet. However, Hornby are certainly showing signs of pleasure at the discovery of the evidence they needed, so it is a case of wait-and-see - Ed.

-----

Maunsell Set 208

In the late 1950s, set 208 was allocated to the South West Division (Waterloo - Bournemouth/West Country) as an 8-car set. From June 1956 to September 1959 the formation comprised:

BSK 3720
SK 1129
SK 1187
FK 7407
SO 7978
SK 1197
SK 1186
BSK 3721

The set was disbanded in 1962

Humbrol acrylic RC 409 'Malachite' matches the factory applied paint. I dismantled the coaches and removed the glazing strips before applying two thin coats of paint 24 hours apart. I allowed another 24 hours before reassembly.

Adrian Kops - Melbourne, Australia

-----

John Goss has raised an interesting point about the incorrect brown droplights on the new Hornby Maunsell 4-compartment brakes in BR(SR) green (R4395A/B). According to comments elsewhere, the green used for the Malachite coaches that are now available is the same and they correctly have brown/varnish effect droplights, so I agree it seems likely that the Chinese factory failed to change the painting specification for these two brakes.

Hornby’s March new release newsletter includes the Southern Suburban 1957 Coach Pack R4379, which at least, according to the box, includes the first and much awaited low window BR(SR) green Maunsells. Presumably their production has followed directly on from R4395A/B, so let’s hope that the paint error has not been perpetuated on these coaches - and also on the associated 1957 Train Pack when that arrives.

There is a wider issue here too. If we cannot rely on models appearing as shown in the catalogues, I am much less likely to pre-order, just in case. This might hit consumers and manufacturers if shops advance order smaller quantities of a model as a result - don’t manufacturers, in some cases, await sufficient advance orders before moving to production?

Andrew Crawford - Portugal

-----

In response to John Goss's query as to set 208, David Gould's excellent book, Maunsell SR Steam Carriage Stock, reports set 208 as being strengthened to a 6-car set in 1947 and being an 8-car set in 1953 and 1960. The four coaches quoted in the original set were all withdrawn in February 1962. 3-car sets using the 4-compartment brakes were 201 and 202, other 4-car sets were 204 - 209. Many of these were also strengthened.

Regarding the brown (varnished teak) window frames, examination of black and white photos of blood and custard painted coaches indicates the frames were over-painted but it is very difficult to say from black and white photos whether the BR green coaches were similarly over painted.

Robert Inns

-----

Hornby Maunsells

I have just received my Olive SR 4-compartment brakes by mail order and they are magnificent. As many SR coaches ran in sets, could some future issues be released in set packs. Many sets are 2 or 3 coaches which would be ideal for such packaging; it would save chasing around trying to get the correctly numbered coaches individually. Perhaps the low windowed 4-compartment brakes and a composite in BR liveries?

Robert Inns

-----

Hornby R4180A ex-LNER 3rd Coach

In response to the request from Thom Ritter from Wednesday's Model Railway Express, Hornby-USA has R4180A listed for sale on their website for $44.99 USD.

Kalpit Patel - McLean, VA

-----

Google may show some others but if Thom Ritter is looking for Hornby R4180A with a running number of E12279E. I think Brittania Models, B.C. Canada has
one in stock.

Jane's Trains in Tooting UK has the R4180 listed with the running number E12506E

I have found both of these retailers carry some of the harder to find rolling stock and my dealings with both of them has been very favourable. Although Jane's Trains do not have VAT exemption.

Norman Allum - Atlanta, Georgia.

-----

New Hornby A3

Please pass my thanks to Hornby for the surprise A3. I would anticipate several purchases.

David West

-----

Hornby 0-6-0

Brian Macdonald is of course quite correct in pointing out to me that the J72 is a Bachmann model and not Hornby. I realised my mistake one second after hitting the 'Send' button. You could of course include the J72 in any demand for an upgrade to present-day standards. Not that it isn't a delightful model to look at and has a multitude of uses on a model railway, but, like most of the small locos available, it lacks the modern motor and deep reduction gearbox which help to make shunting a predictable and enjoyable pastime.

As things stand, we have several 0-6-0 tank locos to choose from, but every one that I have suffers the same problems - much too light and much too fast. Some have traction tyres on the centre axle and compensation on the rear axle, results in very poor pick up on the two outer axles. Cheap brass wipers that relax their tension in a matter of months is also a problem and quite often my tank engines have a waddle, which is most unbecoming. Some of these items can be fixed on the workbench, some can't, but they could all be fixed by the manufacturers when updating their models. That is exactly why I spoke of the 09 Hornby shunter in such glowing terms, it is a gem and has none of the above faults.

No doubt these modifications would cost money, but it would be money well spent if all of those little engines suddenly became reliable. Judging from my own experience of constantly repairing and improving my small fleet (all less than two years old), I can only imagine the many thousands there must be around the world, either parked up or in the 'too hard' basket.

Bill Towers - Sunny Queensland

-----

AC Electrics

Having read Wednesday's MREmag, I feel compelled to write about the recent announcements from Bachmann. It seems that with Heljan producing an 86, Peco announcing a catenary system and now Bachmann with the 85 and 350, the long neglected AC model market looks to be on an upward curve and gathering momentum. About time too, but this news has gone relatively unnoticed here.

Yes, we've had models from Hornby/Lima, but none of them are to today's standards, even the new Pendolino with its poor motor.

Okay, I find the choices a little odd as the 85 and 350 never ran together, and the lack of OLE from Bachmann is surprising - I presume they expect this to be a small market - but hey, it is big news, akin to the 4CEP opening up the R-T-R 3rd rail market.

Furthermore, depending on how they 'build' the model, the Class 350 could also spawn a Class 360 and other 'Desiro' models - even 3rd rail ones.

Interesting (and expensive) times lie ahead. I'm tempted to change my direction of modelling and have a bit of AC main line action - and I bet I'm not alone.

Regarding Class 87 liveries, I can think of Rail blue, InterCity (about 3 versions), 87006's unique large logo black, 87101 in Railfreight triple grey. Then there were the specials near the end - 002 in Porterbrook purple, a short lived pair in DRS Blue, ACoRP Black.....

Andrew Parr

-----

One point that I have made is it will be the first AC electric model to carry a pre-tops E number since the Liliput Class 81, and possibly the Tri-ang one. I'm not sure when the Liliput model was last available, but it shows the general disservice regarding R-T-R AC electrics from the hobby.

I believe the Class 85 was chosen because it was a type that hadn't previously been covered as a R-T-R model, and the chassis and bogies could be used under a class 81, should they choose to model that type in the future. It also fits in with their current rolling stock range better than an 87, and since the 85s were popular on Freightliner trains, may indicate these wagons are being thought of by Bachmann. Hopefully this trend in new AC electrics will deliver a brand new class 87, as the Hornby model still retains it's short Lima bogies. Quite why Hornby didn't retool the chassis to take the correct ones from their 90 is known only to themselves, as it must rate as one of the worst R-T-R locos for accuracy in this respect.

Andy Gautrey

-----

Many thanks for bringing the Bachmann new release announcements. Of course, I'm particularly delighted by the surprising news of the Class 85, especially in the three liveries announced. For me there is some sense in starting with a Class 85. It had a common bogie design with the Class 81 and 86, and shared the same overall body length and wheelbase with the Class 81. Although the Class 86 and 87 have potentially more livery options, and I agree the ex-Lima Hornby Class 87 is now a dated moulding and would benefit from a replacement high-detail model, I would hope that Bachmann have selected the Class 85 for their first AC electric with a view to the future. The chassis and bogies are the right length to produce a Class 81, and the bogies could be used with a longer chassis underneath a new Class 86 model to compete with Hornby and Heljan, something that Bachmann have done previously with their model of the Class 47.

However, even if the new Bachmann model doesn't become the basis for further AC electrics from the manufacturer, I am extremely happy, although the announcement does now invalidate one of my votes in the wish-list poll!

Mark Wiles

-----

Bachmann Wagons

Regarding Bachmann's new wagons for 2010, it is nice to see LNER high goods and vans, but come on Bachmann, BR had 21 ton 'mins' and 24-5 ton 'mins, plus 21 ton and 24-5 ton hoppers.

I am a retired BR traffic manager.

James Woodland

LNER wagons are constantly being asked for in the wish list polls. However, it seems a little unfair to criticise Bachmann on their BR mineral wagon range. They have released over 100 versions of 9 types to date - Ed.

-----

Bachmann N Gauge Model Buses

In addition to the welcome and comprehensive list in last Monday's MREmag, readers might wish to be aware that Bachmann's long-touted N Gauge Scenecraft model buses were aired at Coventry. Although only the basic resins were shown, they looked to have great promise, and the vehicles Bachmann have chosen to cast should prove to have something of interest for most readers with an interest in the scale. I've posted some pics towards to bottom of the page here:

http://www.themodelbus.fotopic.net/c1822953.html

The planned liveries may be found listed here:

http://www.bachmann.co.uk/prod1.php?prod_selected=scraft&prod=9

Tony Price

They may also be seen in the new Graham Farish catalogue, although these are artist's impressions. The real models seemed well detailed and I counted eight types. Apparently these are not being produced by Kader but by another manufacturer but are exclusive to Bachmann - Ed.

-----

Brush Care

I thought I'd pass on a small tip about keeping paint brushes in good order, which I use myself at the end of each painting session. First wash out the brush in your favoured cleaning medium; then, using a tip from an American magazine, I wash the brush out in some soapy water. My own discovery is that, after drying on a kitchen towel or similar, I work a small amount of Vaseline Intensive Care hand lotion into the bristles and using my fingers form the bristles into a nice point.

I have found that this keeps the brush in a good supple workable condition for far longer than other cleaning methods provided for, and, further more, it does not appear to have any effect on the paint the next time the brush is used.

 

Ian David Smith

-----

Bachmann Mk2 Coaches

I read with interest, your comment in response to Kevin Gaylard that the MK2s have not been a good seller for Bachmann. May I suggest that the reasons for this might be multiple:

- Only a few MK2s were introduced in maroon and green which means that they are largely unsuitable for the steam modeller, therefore, the majority of these coaches appeared in blue and grey.

- The models themselves are superb, but the blue and grey livery is wrong and makes the models look 'top heavy'. The grey does not come down the sides far enough. The width of the grey below the windows should be greater than that above the windows and this can be seen on any prototype picture. Similarly, the grey did not wrap around the ends of these particular types - this wasn't done until the later MK2B which had wrap-around doors.

- Bachmann seems to have a preference for ER numbers! It is well known that these coaches were the mainstay of the WR at one time. The WR had as many of these coaches as the ER, yet, with the exception of one small batch, Bachmann have never released Mk2s with WR numbers.

I want to purchase 15-20 of these coaches, but I am holding off until the above errors are corrected.

Graham Plowman

-----

Bachmann's Programme

Firstly, let me say that the new releases announced from Bachmann are a courageous selection and, speaking as a S&D fan, very welcome indeed. With regards to the Derby Lightweight sets, having just completed building a set constructed from a mix of DC kits and Bachmann 108 components, it is typical that someone immediately brings one out R-T-R. However, as I discovered, there are a few, albeit small, differences between the batches built, mainly concerning the seating arrangements and equipment layout.

For a comparatively small class, the units were surprisingly widespread. There was the unique 1954 North Riding batch, with Torque Converters, used in the Leeds-Harrogate area, followed by production batches for the Great Eastern/Lincolnshire, Birmingham, North West, West Cumberland/Cumbrian Coast, and North Eastern areas. There were five 4-car units for the Tyneside-Yorkshire area, and the two famous non-identical single car twins on the Bletchley-Buckingham-Banbury line.

They also appeared over the Waverley Route, the G&SWR line to Kilmarnock and were, in their earlier years, used on excursion work, appearing in many unlikely places such as Surbition, Portsmouth, Swindon, as well as specials over the Somerset & Dorset line.

Some units had white inner roof domes when new, and later the units also appeared in blue with small panels.

Ian David Smith

-----

Firstly, may I sincerely thank you so much for providing a free magazine which not only allows modellers to provide feedback to the manufacturers, but for caring enough about us to let us know of upcoming products at the very first opportunity. Secondly, thank you to Simon Kohler and Dennis Lovett for listening to and responding to our wishes.

One of my all time favourite locomotives has been the LNER A4 in the original silver livery, and Simon Kohler has obviously listened to requests for this loco from modellers (including me) and now there is going to be a limited edition. Thank you Pat for conveying this immediately, allowing me to order one the next day, which would not have been possible without this magazine. Thanks to both gentlemen for the happiness this has given me. Similarly, the GWR 28XX is on order and the 7F will be.

Like Pat, I also have a Tri-ang 3F in crimson, which still runs beautifully and I hope Bachmann produce a crimson version.

Richard Whitmore - Australia

-----

Am I, the only person beginning to think that these news flashes of future production, are coming with an unacceptable waiting period built in?

While I am sure we all appreciate there is a lengthy gestation period between first design and production of a new model, we appear to be joining in this time rather earlier than is strictly necessary.

Surely it would be better if release of information came later in the cycle than at present. I speak as one who has had the Hornby Tintagel Castle on order since January 2009.

I would just add the first of the 'Castle' class was only known about by the general public for around 7 months before it emerged from Swindon.

If Felix Pole and Collett could keep the information to themselves maybe Hornby and Bachmann should restrain themselves to a reasonable time before release of future plans.

It can be done, obviously, look at City of Truro.

Alan Tewson - München

As long as it is illegal for two companies to discuss their future plans, the only way to minimise duplication is to nail your colours to the mast with an early announcement. After all, enough people complain when two manufacturers produce models of the same subject - Ed.

-----

Proposed Bachmann BR 2-6-4T No 80154

I must just endorse Alan Gelson's comments on Wednesday that 80154 was released from Brighton Works with the late crest and never carried the early one. The proposed item would be incorrect.

Got the new Bachmann catalogue today - excellent and a very nice surprised in that a new BR A1 60157 Great Eastern is to be released.

John Cherry

Bachmann have assured me that they are aware of this slip and that the loco will have a number appropriate to the finish - Ed.

-----

DC & DCC Compatibility

I am a complete novice regarding DCC and read the DCC zone with some interest - and puzzlement, having just returned to the hobby.

My question is: is it possible to run both DCC and DC, using controllers from both, on the same track (not at the same time)?

John Gerrard

-----

Prototype Modelling

The goal of a prototypical model is a laudable one of which I heartily approve. It’s also one that can be so daunting that people become discouraged before the ballast cement is dry; so, I would like to remind people that it‘s OK to have 'place-keepers' for items that will be replaced eventually with true-to-prototype versions.

To my mind, the most basic thing is the trackwork, which should be your focus until prototype working is possible and reliability is as near 100% as possible. This means that two standards will be in play: prototype practice and NMRA standards (or whatever equivalent is there for your particular locale, scale and gauge).

Scenery is the obvious next step, but you can be running trains while building tunnels, excavating cuttings, throwing bridges across rivers (i.e. covering the plywood with suitable scenic dressing) and so forth.

And if the rolling stock is somewhat non-prototypical, remember that it’s all going to be replaced as circumstances allow.

Another war-gamer truism: If you wait until the army is fully painted to field it, you'll never play and eventually lose interest. If you wait until the prototypical trains are ready to roll before you run them, the chances are that you'll never do so.

Steve Mann - NYC

-----

Hornby Catalogue 2010

A number of fellow modellers have raised the question in that as we have all purchased the new Hornby catalogue, on the basis of that is what is going to be available 2010/11, only now to find that last week an extensive list of extra items are to be released; are Hornby going to issue a free supplement detailing these items for catalogue holders? Over to you Mr K.

John Cherry

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Wednesday 10.3.10

Rail Express Modeller No.71

As usual, REM does not miss the opportunity to promote models it is commissioning and the news in this issue is the planned release of two Class 03 diesel shunters in Rail blue livery. There are also twin packs of the specially commissioned Class 37/7 'Heavyweights'.

Reviews include the Hornby Virgin Mk3b DVT, Dapol N gauge Class 66/3 in Fastline livery and 'leafbusting' kits from S-Kits. There is also a critique on the Hattons/Heljan Class 14.

A feature article tackles improvements to the Lima 0 gauge Class 33 and another looks at upgrading a Class 24 model, which started life as a Hornby Class 25. The lead article in the main magazine is a nostalgic look back ay Tiverton Junction in 1975.

Hints & Tips No.228 - Prototype Or Freelance? Part 2

By Bob Heath Barchester (Spain)

Is a love of the real thing the driving force behind your desire to build a model railway? If so, then you will probably be choosing to model a particular prototype.
Unless your choice is the modern era, where you can go and look with your own eyes, take photographs, sketches and measurements, then there will be a fair amount of research in front of you to find out how things really were, and how different they are to your memories.

Why would I want to research anything you may ask? Well, if you are presenting your model as the XYZ branch of the WR, between the years 1945 and 1960, then it is only right that you should make some effort to see that it is as accurate as your chosen scale, skill and space, allow.

I am not saying that your layout should be a photographic image of the chosen time and place but it should at least have the correct rolling stock on its rails, and the correct signals. Find photographs of the station buildings and reproduce them the best you can. Make sure that any road vehicles are of the appropriate type for that period.

There are many things to look for and implement into your model and they will all add to your pleasure and satisfaction as each one is made to the best of your ability.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Snippet No.289 - Southern Delights

by John Cherry

The principle of ‘Snippets’ is to highlight individual items of interest for the railway modeller. It is not specifically intended as a book review item, but when such a volume comes along, that has so much to offer the modeller, it is hard to choose just one item.

The new Book Law publication by Keith Pirt is a gem of superb colour photographs of Southern locomotive classes, especially of the types that we now have in ready-to-run form. The whole book is delightful and will not disappoint.

To justify a ‘Snippet’, I have chosen just two items, one being WC 4-6-0 No.34021 ‘Dartmoor’. She was seen near Beaulieu Road in July 1967 with a formation of a Southern 4-wheeled van, a Bulleid 3-set, a Thompson full brake and BR GUV.

The second is of T9 4-4-0 No.30708 shunting at Padstow in July 1957 with a very long variety of rolling stock.

(Photos: K.Pirt. book: Steam Colour Portfolio - Southern Lines Vol. 2. Book Law)

What's on TV?
by Brian Macdermott

Thursday 11 March
Rural TV (279), 20.00-21.00. Trains and Locomotives. Steam and diesel in New York City.
Having Your Say...

Bachmann News

Thanks for rushing the information to us.

Although, presumably due to a dearth of modellers in the east, there was not a lot for us East Anglians, I was very pleased to see that the 3F is to return. I had (and still have) a Tri-ang original, and I always had a soft spot for the type (unlike the big, outdated and under bearing-ed 4F design). I shall probably have one for my GE layout.

The Derby lightweight will be a great addition, I should be able to renumber these from the, to be anticipated' 'M' number series' for use in East Anglia. With the Cravens cars (do they come with rattle sound and shake?) I can now get a real early 60's feel at Holden Hill.

N wise the 04s are great, so I shall undoubtedly have an 03.

Thanks for the news.

Dudley Jones

The Tri-ang 3F had a major influence on my becoming a railway modeller back in the 1950s and thence to editing MREmag today! As for the Derby Lightweights, I am assured they will have rattling windows - Ed.

-----

It looks like another expensive year from Bachmann. This is not a criticism, just an observation. They have a BR Standard 4 tank listed as having the early BR emblem. This loco was the last steam loco built at Brighton works and turned out in 1957. It only ever ran with the later emblem and was the only one of the class to do so. If Bachmann are modelling it, as just built, then the emblem on the right hand tank side needs to have the lion facing forward, to be accurate.

I hope this information is of some help to Bachmann,

Alan Gelson

-----

Thankyou Pat and Dennis for the list of projected Bachmann models.

What a delectable smargasbord of miniature masterpieces! Every time I think that mass-produced models have reached a 'plateau' in quality-for-price, I am proved wrong. We don't know the future of production and distribution costs, nor exchange rates, Bachmann having courted the 'Hundred Pound Plus' area for some time with such as the 9F., and thankfully still produce variants of older models at very low prices, to some extent obviating the need for a parallel 'RailRoad' range as per Hornby.

Current business confidence in 'our' industry is such that prices may be set optimistically low, a boon for buyers.

It seems to me that Bachmann are making wise choices with limited new 00 steam models; and the S & D J R 7F just begs for early liveries - perhaps a 'special edition' sponsored by a retailer. It is nice to see so many BR Mk1 carriages, which have become rare in shops. We are still to see non-gangwayed stock, or 4-4-2s in 00 scale from either of the 'Big Two', but there are a few choices left in the box of future projects, and in ten years the market for Atlantics might have contracted?

All in all, "absolutely fabulous".

Robbie McGavin - NZ

-----

Many thanks for printing this information fresh off the press. I am really looking forward to buying a Derby Lightweight 2-car set. Perhaps, in time, Bachmann can produce models of the 2 single cars M79900 and M79901, both of which were different (were they converted at time of construction from a 2-car unit?). M79900 still exists - I am not sure what happened to M79901 - but I think it was cut up some years ago.

Nick Lamkin

-----

Now we know what is in the pipeline for the next 18 months or so, it is interesting to compare Hornby's and Bachmann's relative strategies. I believe both companies have given us, the public, a good spread of products. Bachmann, though, appear to have struck a chord with the announced excellent S&D 7F, which is sure to be a winner with Brian Macdermott and they have, in my opinion, taken more risks. Both companies appear to have listened to the public regarding 0-6-0 locos which is good.

My big disappointment this year is that neither company has recognised GWR 175 which I feel is shameful considering they produce British outline. Whilst I welcome the S&D 7F, we now have the prospect of three 2-8-0 tender heavy goods locos this year and yet again the two obvious candidates for production the 42XX and 72XX have again been overlooked, not to mention one of the finest 2-8-0 locos built, the 47XX. Still, we should not grumble, but aside from adding to my 'Castle' fleet, my wallet will remain relatively un-bruised.

Andrew Carter

You are right, the GWR 8-coupled tanks are repeatedly high on the GWR loco list each year when voting ends. Regarding GWR 175, you may have missed pages 56 and 57 in the Hornby catalogue - Ed.

-----

Thank you for a very detailed listing of new Bachmann products. I was surprised but very pleased to see Bachmann are intending to bring out the Midland Railway 7F and 3F. The 7F is the main surprise, as the class were small in numbers and limited in their sphere of operation; however, they are a very distinctive design, the outside motion should make for a visual treat when it's running.

I am mostly surprised at the lack of a new LNER loco. I felt certain Bachmann would come up with a Q6, J27 or similar, given the amount of correspondence on the matter.

Did Bachmann give any insight about their thinking with choosing which classes to model?

Steven Oakden

No, they have always listened to what people are asking for, the 3F and 7F have been high scorers on the Wish List poll in the past (as were the 'Super D' and 'ROD'). Any recent canvassing of voters for LNER locomotives would have had little effect this year as what have been announced have been planned since at least this time last year and possibly earlier. The gestation period for new models is quite long. It is worth reading the story of how models are chosen, developed and made, which is serialised in the Bachmann magazine. The head of research and development at Barwell was very much involved in compiling the series. The three parts published so far were in the Autumn and Winter 2009 issues and the Spring 2010 issue, which I believe will be out this week. The final part will be in the Summer issue - Ed.

-----

My sincere thanks to our Editor for the excellent and comprehensive details of the new Bachmann programme. In addition, what a inspired choice of locomotives with the S&D 7F and the Johnson Midland 3F - both very commendable and highly desired. Well done Bachmann and also a big thank you is due to Brian Macdermott for his endless efforts in pursuit of a ready-to-run 7F.

Now, please can we just sit back and wait and see how these materialise before we start seeing the messages of "can we have this version or that version?" - the seed has been sown - let's see them grow first!

John Cherry

-----

I notice that under the Farish brand is a new model of the original Deltic. This implies that the NRM have no intention of releasing this subject themselves in this scale. One would have thought that the opportunities that the 4mm version presented would be mirrored with a 2mm version especially for an organisation allegedly in need of funds.

It also again raises the thought in my mind that the potential for exploitation of the market by the issuing of limited editions which, while pleasing to those who can obtain one and are prepared to pay a premium price for them, may not work in the interests of the wider modelling community and ergo, the manufacturers in the long run.

I note that on the Bachmann website the RRP for the new 7F is shown as £129.95 and the 3F is £69.95. Much better value for money in my mind than the prices charged for certain more recent limited editions.

Bachmann’s overall announcement is to my mind very practical although I am a little mystified over the relatively low number of coaches listed.

Bachmann, Hornby, Dapol, et al, are serving our hobby exceedingly well at the moment.

Richard Slipper

A 2mm version of the Prototype Deltic will be a much bigger gamble than the 00 version was as the 2mm market is a lot smaller. There are better bets for the NRM to put their money on and which should guarantee them decent returns. I understand that work is already progressing on the next one. It's identity is not known to me - so don't ask.

I must repeat that it is not the job of the museum to make models for us. That is the job of model manufacturers. The museum has to make money to maintain and restore locomotives etc. it holds on our behalf, if by producing models of items in its collection (as it does postcards, calendars and other souvenirs) which it can sell to produce that much needed income, it seems like a good business approach. The benefit to us is that models that might not have been produced because they were not of a high enough priority with manufacturers and are not high on our wish lists, are being added to the stock available to us. Moreover, the tooling, after an agreed period, comes into general use. As a result of the City of Truro initiative by the NRM, by 2011 the tooling will be available to Bachmann to produce other members of the class and, with minor alterations, other similar early GWR classes. Now, to me, that's very exciting - Ed.

-----

A quick personal perspective on Bachmann's 2010 announcements:-

As expected, quite thin on new announcements; with the Class 70 already fixed as the new diesel (will they do a dummy for working in pairs on single tracks?). The ex split-box 37/5 is a welcome addition, however.

The Class 85 is a pleasant surprise, but I wonder why not a 87 given the number of liveries possible (only two for the "Roarer").

I'd predicted a Desiro (Class 350), surely a Class 450 won't be far behind?

New coaches, er?.... I had hoped for TPOs, Mk1 sleepers or later Mk2s. At last a re-run of a Mk2 coach, but why the FK and not the TSO?

BAAs are the major innovation in the wagon fleet, bit surprised about the OTA (though it should differ from Hornby's version. Nuclear flask wagons represent an opportunity for a very short freight (with brake vans). Lots of reruns are good to see, but still no weathered tank wagons.

All in all, a mixed bag for me, but at least it should keep the bank manager happy!

Kevin Gaylard

I imagine they did not choose the Class 87 as it is already in the Hornby catalogue (upgraded ex-Lima). I may be wrong, but weren't the Class 87s too late for 'Electric' blue livery and white roofs? That coult also have been an issue. There is no shortage of Mk2 coaches in the catalogue - I counted 14 of them! Unfortunately they are almost all brake ends and a TSO seems to be needed. The Mk2s have not been good sellers for Bachmann. At present, according to the catalogue, Bachmann are stocking 109 different loco hauled coaches for you to choose from. The TPO Mk1 POS will be available from ModelZone (various versions, I believe, are planned) and five postal vans are now included in the Bachmann catalogue - Ed.

-----

Blackening Coupling Rods

Colm Flanagan asked (8 March) how to blacken Hornby coupling rods. The short answer is to use (logically enough!) a proprietary metal blackening chemical compound. There are several types and some experiment may be necessary to find what works best on the plated steel used by Hornby. These compounds do, of course, have many other modelling applications.

A useful source of both chemicals and advice is C&L Finescale; see http://www.finescale.org.uk/show_page.php?pid=102&PHPSESSID=5afbd817106279b8337d4f289f1b4b47 for the product range and click on the data sheet link.

Those, like Ken Darville, who enjoy a little danger in their modelling lives will be thrilled to know that these compounds are mildly corrosive and toxic.

Nick Stanbury

-----

Colm Flanagan asked about blackening of Hornby coupling (and presumably other parts of valve gear).

There are two ways of doing this, but first he must make sure the rods are free of grease and oil. I used Isopropyl alcohol for this. Once they have dried he can either use the cheap method of a black felt tip or fibre tip pen. Or alternatively he can use a chemical blackener such as 'Gun Blue'. But he must be careful and use gloves when handling this lethal chemical. I talk from experience on this and had to be prescribed medication to clear the skin irritation caused by handling this substance some years ago.

Nick Lamkin

-----

Hornby R4180A ex-LNER 3rd Coach

I have been searching eBay and the big name retailers to find this coach from a couple years ago. If anyone knows a shop that still has one it would help me out a lot.

Thom Ritter - Allentown, Pennsylvania (in the States, not in Gloucestershire)

-----

Surplus Coaches?

Does anyone have any/all of the following Bachmann chocolate & cream coaches that they would be prepared to sell me?

39-029 SK x 3 (any suffix A, B, C etc.)
39-254 RFO x 1

Brian Macdermott
- brianmacdermott (at) hotmail (dot) com

-----

Disappearing Models

Right now I am trying to devise a way to film all my Hornby SR engines, especially variant and rare N15s ('King Arthur' and 'King Uther'), or the weathered 30764 and 30799. The latter I rate as the finest of factory-weathered Hornby engines. Bachmann's stunning best weathered R-T-R loco is Standard Class 5MT 73050. Both models are still available for must surely be very low prices. Both are stunning examples of modelling art. ... and they run smoothly!

The art I speak of is the currently available N15 which may be seen at 2.03 .. 2 min 20 seconds into; http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EiXDnZwEy6g&feature=channel

Also available, the Standard Class 5 may be seen at 2.29 .. 2 min 50 secs into;

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QnQkTsBr7IE

Apologies, if you have seen these before. I don't think these beautiful models will be replicated at the price in a few years.

Robbie McGavin

-----

2-2 Bell Code

I'm not sure David Smith is right [Monday's letters] in saying that the 2-2 bell code 'Engine assisting in rear of train' would not be sent if the assisting engine was not passing through the entire block section but 'dropping off' before.

The case he cites, of engines assisting down trains over the Somerset & Dorset line, south of Binegar, is a different one, since these were given a 'bank engine staff', i.e. what was in effect a single-line token to occupy the section as far as Masbury summit, before leaving the train to go on and themselves to run back 'wrong line' to Binegar. In this case, the banker was protected by the token and the signals could not be cleared until the token was returned to the machine in Binegar box. Without this protection, there was a danger of an accident. Sending the 2-2 signal was a way of reminding the signalmen that the section was still occupied, even though the main train had cleared it.

Neil Burgess

-----

The Somerset & Dorset used the 2-2 code at Evercreech Junction for Up freights. However, freights assisted from Bath towards Midford and from Binegar used only a Banking Engine staff, and were not belled as 2-2. This was because the assisting engine didn't go right through the section. The one towards Midford ran back along the single line from Combe Down Tunnel to Bath Junction. The one through Binegar picked up a Banking Key from the end of the platform, which enabled it to run back 'wrong line' from Masbury Summit.

A variation on a theme for Colin Fraser-Davies.

Brian Macdermott

-----

Hornby Maunsells Set 208

This subject has been aired on other forums but does not seem to have appeared in MREmag. Hornby have issued their 4 compartment brakes Nos. S3720 and 3721 with the set number 208 correctly painted on them, but with the droplights painted brown. The other two coaches forming set 208 were FK S7407 (R4303E) and TK S1129 (R4302E) and these have been issued earlier with the droplights painted green. Presumably the brown paint is an error perpetrated by China, as the carriages have appeared in the catalogue with green droplights. Would Simon K. like to appraise us of his reaction to this problem? If we all have to resort to repainting the offending droplights, can anyone suggest the closest paint match to that used by Hornby. I appreciate that a bit of weathering will partially get rid of any mismatch that might occur. While on the subject of set No. 208, does anyone know if it was latterly broken up and re-formed into a 3 car set, and if so what vehicle (and its running number) was used?

John Goss

-----

Hornby Surprises

I was interested to note Bill Towers comments on Monday over the Hornby 0-6-0 chassis DCC upgrade's and your own added comment.

The biggest surprise was that Hornby now seem to be the proprietors of the J72 an ex-NER engine made by Bachmann. I think you both mean the J83 an ex-NB engine.....

Having said that, you are right in your comment about the quality of the J83 body which must now be easily the oldest in the main Hornby loco range. As a former NB study group chairman I chin Simon Kohler each year about this very subject and, gentleman as ever, Simon says, "we are gradually upgrading the old models year by year". This is evidenced by the forthcoming upgrade announced for the 'Footballer'.

I wait patiently but the quote of "a competitive price", for the upgraded 0-6-0s does not fill me with hope for a better J83 body yet - although I still think it offers Hornby a great prospect, as it can be produced in NB, LNER and BR lined and unlined liveries offering maximum scope for sales.

On another topic I was the man who stood up for the production of the 'Clan' and can I now say what a cracking model. I bought my model as I promised and it seems that many of my acquaintance have done likewise. I hope Simon's vision in producing this loco has been rewarded.

I might also compliment Bachmann on their ambitious programme....including LNER goods stock at last.

Brian Macdonald

I hang my head in shame! Yes, you are quite right, the Hornby model is a J83 - Ed.

-----

Teddy Bears

I too was keen to receive, at last, my green Class 14. On unpacking it, I found the cabside steps broken and Superglued them back. The white light at the long bonnet end does not work and I am not sure what to do about that. I had no trouble fitting the headcodes but added another sliver of cream coloured paper behind the code to dull the illumination a little.

Performance is superb. Smooth and quiet Worth the price ? I think so.

Pete Blencowe

-----

Heljan Class 15

Heljan advise that the new Class 15 locos are arriving in Denmark on Wednesday and will start to be shipped to the shops early next week.

Les Kent - Haslington Models.

-----

Mk1 Coach Listing

I do think readers (Train Collector and MREmag) would find useful a short note flagging up -

http://www.forsythe.demon.co.uk/other_pages/mark1nums.htm

Various interventions have stimulated a lot of updating. I have been through the Farish product PDF on Bachmann Branchline website with a fine tooth comb.

The landmark is that there are 1,012 lines of entry. There are rather more than 1000 models because each line reflects a running number and a manufacturer. Some manufacturers use several running numbers for different models. Equally, some running numbers have been used by different manufacturers and so appear repeated for those manufacturers.

Despite a lot of updating I am sure there will be gaps.

It is quite some testimony to the British model railway industry that this landmark piece of British industrial design has inspired over 1000 individually identified models. This is without even mentioning most kits! A few kits like Kitmaster and Tri-ang CKD have made it into the list.

Robert Forsythe

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

Monday 8.3.10

Bachmann Announce Plans for 2010-11

Bachmann Europe Plc. yesterday announced its plans for 2010-11 at the annual trade event held in Coventry - The Model & Hobby Show. This new trade fair, exclusively for the British Model Industry, was in its second year and was well supported by both exhibitors and visiting retailers and members of the press. However, the big news we were all waiting for was what Bachmann had planned for the next 18 months and I can tell you that it must be the largest programme of new models ever launched in the Branchline and Graham Farish ranges.

Bachmann Branchline

As far as completely new models go, the Bachmann Branchline range of 00 scale models will see the release of two new steam locomotives in the form of the Somerset & Dorset Joint Railway 7F 2-8-0 and Johnson 3F 0-6-0. This is bound to be welcomed by the large contingent of S&D modellers.

For the first time, Branchline will see the release of two items to work underneath overhead catenary. These will be a Class 85 electric locomotive and a Class 350 EMU representing 40 years of electric power on the West Coast Main Line. Apparently there are no plans for catenary at this stage.

On the diesel front, there is the previously announced Freightliner Powerhaul Class 70 locomotive and a new first generation diesel multiple unit, the Derby Lightweight. In addition to these new models, the Class 37/0 locomotives are being upgraded with a new body shell tooling which incorporates lighting for the first time.

New wagons include the OTA timber wagon, BAA bogie steel coil carrying bogie wagons, FNA nuclear flask wagon, LNER steel high sided open wagon and a new range of LNER ventilated vans.

Graham Farish

The Graham Farish N scale range will see the introduction of the Deltic Prototype locomotive (DP1), Class 03 diesel shunter and new tooling for SO, SK, BSK and CK Mark 1 coach types. The pre-production coach models looked superb and the Deltic adorns the front cover of the new GF catalogue.

Scenecraft

The Scenecraft 00 scale range sees the introduction of a new 4-road steam locomotive depot, coaling stage, inspection pit, carriage shed and a range of Art Deco station buildings.

These models will be released over the next 18 months.

S&DJR 7F

The 7F 2-8-0 was produced by the Midland Railway at Derby for the Somerset & Dorset Joint Railway in which it had a fifty percent share with the London & South Western Railway. The main line from Bath to Bournemouth included the Mendip Hills and it was essential for a heavy freight locomotive to be built to avoid costly double heading of less powerful types over the demanding terrain. Six locomotives were delivered in 1914 (No’s 80 – 85) with a further five being delivered in 1925 which had larger boilers, with construction subcontracted to Robert Stephenson & Co. Ltd becoming No’s 86-90. All were taken into LMS stock in 1928 and in British Railways days after 1948 were numbered 53800 - 53810.

Three versions of the model will initially be available in BR livery 53806 with early emblem (31-010), the preserved example 53809 with late crest (31-011) and 53808 with late crest and weathered (31-012). All feature the smaller boiler and S & D Fowler tender without water pick up apparatus.

Johnson 3F

The 3F Class 0-6-0 tender locomotives of the Midland Railway were built over a large number of years. Some 935 locomotives were in existence at one time, many rebuilt from earlier 2F 0-6-0 types and others with minor differences between each type.

Three versions of the model will be available initially as 3502 in LMS livery (31-627), 43186 in BR livery with early emblems (31-626) and 43586 in BR livery with late decals (31-625). The tender will be the modified 3250 gallon Johnson type.

1st Generation Derby Lightweights

A new 2-car DMU is being introduced in the form of the original Derby Lightweight of which 97 were built by BR workshops at Derby between 1954 and 1956. These pioneering units paved the way under the BR Modernisation Plan of 1955 for the withdrawal of steam locomotives and coaches on branch lines, cross country and suburban routes. As newer units came on stream, the last unit was withdrawn in 1969 and they were not designated as a class under the 1971 TOPS renumbering scheme.

Three examples will be available in BR green with yellow ends (32-515), BR green with speed whiskers (32-516) and BR blue (32-517). DMBS and DTC cars will be modelled.

Class 85 WCML AC Electric

The Class 85 locomotives were built for the electrification of West Coast Main Line services between Liverpool / Manchester / Birmingham and London Euston in the early 1960s. 40 locomotives were built between June 1961 and December 1964 by British Rail workshops at Doncaster. Initially numbered E3056 – E3095 they later received TOPS numbers and were designated Class 85 becoming 85001 – 85040.

Three versions will be produced as the original AL5 E3058 in BR electric blue with twin pantographs (31-676), E3056 in BR blue with pre-TOPS numbers (31-677) and 85026 in BR blue with TOPS numbering (31-678).

Class 350 Siemens 25Kv EMU

From the current West Coast operation comes the Siemens Class 350 electric multiple unit now in service with London Midland and operating out of the Siemens depot at Northampton. A member of the Desiro family of trains built by Siemens for use in the UK, the Class 350s were originally part of the order for additional Class 450 units for South West Trains. Comprising of 30 four car units operating from the 25Kv overhead line system, they were initially fitted with dual overhead and third rail current collection systems. They were introduced into the former Central Trains and Silverlink franchises then coming to an end and earmarked for a combined franchise. These units carried an interim unbranded livery but have now been repainted in the colours of the current operator London Midland. The third rail collection system was removed at an early stage, although it can be reinstated easily if traffic demand requires them to be used elsewhere. Five units were loaned to Southern and had the third rail collection shoes attached for use on the 750 volt system in use on the former Southern Region of British Rail.

A further 37 units were ordered by London Midland and these are now in traffic and are designated Class 350/2, the original 30 units carrying numbers in the Class 350/1 series. Unlike the earlier version, the Class 350/2s do not have third rail provision and have different interiors as these are used on longer haul services to Liverpool and Manchester from Birmingham and London.

The Bachmann model represents both versions and will be available initially as 350102 in unbranded Silverlink livery (31-030), 350238 in London Midland livery (31-031) and 350115 ‘Apollo’ which also carries London Midland colours (31-032).

New Wagons

For those modelling the modern scene the bogie steel coil carrier with load will be a welcome addition. 305 of these wagons were built between 1972 and 1976 at the BR workshops at Ashford and Shildon. Many remain in traffic today as part of the DB Schenker wagon fleet (previously EWS). All will be supplied with cradles carrying steel coil loads.

The OTA timber wagon is used for the transport unsawn timber, mainly from Scotland, to paper mills. They were first converted in 1985 from other wagon types and were fitted with stanchions to retain the timber in place. They had high ends and some, such as those converted from VDA vans, retained the original ends. Some 268 OTA wagons were in operation during the peak years of timber traffic. Many are currently in store following EWS's loss of a major contract in. Bachmann are producing the version converted from VDA vehicles. The models will be sold with a lumber load.

The LNER 13T steel open wagon will have three variants of body on an all new 8-clasp brake shoe chassis. The body types are the version with rope/chain securing rings, plain sides or plain sides with wooden doors.

The new 8 clasp brake chassis will also be used for the LNER 12T vans which will again have three versions of body tooling including metal ends with ventilators, wooden planked ends with ventilators and the fruit van version with louvered ends and roof ventilators.

The FNA nuclear flask wagon is also being produced. Three versions will be available with black floor and round buffers (38-345), sloping floor with changeover valve and oval buffers (38-346) and sloping floor with round buffers. All three will carry the flask.

Branchline New Model List

The following are new items for 2010 (some existing tooling with livery or running number changes). Items in blue represent new tooling since the last catalogue (some previously announced).

Train Sets
30-x51 Iarnrod Eireann train set with Class 2700 DMU
30-075 Local freight set with GWR pannier tank
GWR & BR(WR) locomotives
32-138 Class 4575 Prairie Tank No. 5550 in BR lined green with late crest
32-208 Class 8750 Pannier Tank No. 6757 in GWR livery
32-215 57xx Class No. 5775 in GWR livery
LMS & BR(LMR) locomotives
31-178DC Jubilee Class No. 45659 ‘Drake’ in BR lined green with late crest
DCC ON BOARD
32-829A Ivatt Class 2MT No. 46446 in BR lined black with late crest
31-625 3F Class No. 43474 in BR black with late crest
31-626 3F Class No. 43186 in BR black with early emblem
31-627 3F Class No. 3502 in LMS black
31-010 7F Class No. 53809 in BR black with late crest
31-011 7F Class No. 53806 in BR black with early emblem
31-012 7F Class No. 53808 in BR black with late crest
BR Standard Class locomotives
32-850A 9F Class No. 92220 ‘Evening Star’ in BR lined green late crest
31-975A Class 3MT Tank No. 82020 in BR lined black with early emblem
31-976A Class 3MT Tank No. 82030 in BR lined green with late crest
31-978A Class 3MT Tank No. 82019 in BR lined black with late crest
32-359 4MT Tank No. 80154 in VR lined black with early emblem
Diesel locomotives
32-029A Class 20 No. 20090 in Railfreight grey / red stripe livery
32-429DS Class 24 No. D5100 in green DCC SOUND
32-430B Class 24 No. D5061 in green
32-328 Class 25/1 No. D7581 in green
32-406 Class 25/3 No. D5255 in two tone green
32-781 Class 37/0 No. 37251 in blue
32-782 Class 37/0 No. D6801 in green
32-783DS Class 37/0 No. 37049 in blue DCC SOUND
32-386 Class 37/5 No. 37513 in Railfreight Metals livery
32-387 Class 37/5 No. 37518 in Railfreight red stripe livery
32-385 Class 37/4 No. 37415 in InterCity livery
32-677A Class 45 No. 45120 in blue
31-585 Class 70 No. 70006 in Freighliner PowerHaul livery
31-586 Class 70 No. 70003 in Freightliner PowerHaul livery
Diesel Multiple Units
32-900B Class 108 in BR green with speed whiskers (2 car)
32-515 Derby Lightweight in BR green with full yellow ends (2 car)
32-516 Derby Lightweight in BR green with speed whiskers (2 car)
32-517 Derby Lightweight in BR blue
32-467 Class 170 in Transport Scotland Saltaire livery (3 car)
Electric locomotives
31-676 Class 85 No. E3058 in BR electric blue with twin pantographs
31-677 Class 85 No. E3056 in BR blue
31-678 Class 85 No. 85026 in BR blue
Electric Multiple Units
31-030 Class 350 No. 350102 in unbranded Silverlink livery
31-031 Class 350 No. 350238 in London Midland livery
31-032 Class 350 No. 350115 ‘Apollo’ in London Midland livery
31-426A Class 411 4CEP in green with yellow ends
31-425A Class 411 4CEP in green with whistle
31-427A Class 411 4CEP in blue / grey
Coaches
BR Mk1 coaches
39-027F Mark 1 SK Second Corridor in crimson / cream
39-127D Mark 1 CK Composite Corridor in crimson / cream
39-079B Mark 1 BSK Brake Second Corridor in chocolate / cream
39-129B Mark 1 CK Composite Corridor in chocolate / cream
39-154B Mark 1 FK First Corridor in chocolate / cream
39-179B Mark 1 BG Full Brake in chocolate / cream
39-229B Mark 1 BCK Brake Composite Corridor in chocolate / cream
39-262A Mark 1 RMB Restaurant Miniature Buffet in green (late)
39-101C Mark 1 RU Restaurant Car in maroon (ER)
39-103B Mark 1 RU Restaurant Car in maroon (WR)
39-126E Mark 1 CK Composite Corridor in maroon
39-151D Mark 1 FK First Corridor in maroon
39-176D Mark 1 BG Full Brake in maroon
39-226C Mark 1 BCK Brake Corridor in maroon
39-271B Mark 1 GUV General Utility Van in maroon
39-025E Mark 1 SK Second Corridor in blue / grey
39-050E Mark 1 SO Second Open in blue / grey
38-075C Mark 1 BSK Brake Second Corridor in blue / grey
39-125C Mark 1 CK Composite Corridor in blue / grey
39-150C Mark 1 FK Corridor Composite in blue / grey
39-175C Mark 1 BG Full Brake in blue / grey
39-182B Mark 1 NCV Full Brake in blue with Newspapers branding
39-250B Mark 1 RFO Restaurant Car in blue / grey
39-727B Mark 1 GUV General Utility Vehicle in blue with Express Parcels branding
39-274 Mark 1 GUV General Utility Vehicle in InterCity Motorail livery
39-270A Mark 1 GUV General Utility Vehicle in Rail Express Systems red / grey
BR Mk1 Pullman Coaches
39-300B Pullman SK Second Kitchen No. 334 in umber / cream
BR Mk2 coaches
39-333A Mark 2 FK First Corridor in green
39-332A Mark 2 FK First Corridor in maroon
39-330A Mark 2 FK First Corridor in blue / grey
Wagons
37-034 5 plank steel floor wagon in James Durnford
37-061A 5 plank wood floor wagon in BR grey
37-062 5 plank wood floor wagon in Salt Union Ltd livery
37-081D 7 plank end door wagon in BR grey
37-085 7 plank end door wagon in Crane & Co. livery
37-100 7 plank fixed end wagon in Shaka Salt livery
37-111 7 plank fixed end wagon in Eales & Roberts livery
37-477B 1 plank wagon in BR bauxite
37-930B 3 plank wagon in BR bauxite with BD container in BR crimson
37-951C Conflat A with BD container in BR crimson
33-079A China clay wagon without hood in BR grey
33-080B China clay wagon with hood in BR bauxite (weathered)
33-081B China clay wagon with hood in BR bauxite (weathered)
37-731A GWR 12 Ton ventilated van in BR (W) bauxite
37-754B GWR 12 Ton fruit van in BR bauxite
37-778B GWR 12 Ton Mogo van in GWR dark grey
37-779B GWR 12 Ton Mogo van in BR bauxite
37-802B LMS 12 Ton ventilated van in BR bauxite
38-070D SR 12 Ton planked ventilated van with large SR logo
38-081B SR 12 Ton planked ventilated van in BR (M) grey
38-380 LNER 12 Ton ventilated van corrugated ends in early BR bauxite
38-381 LNER 12 Ton ventilated van corrugated ends in late BR bauxite
38-375 LNER Ton ventilated van planked ends in late LNER oxide
38-376 LNER 12 Ton ventilated van planked ends in early BR bauxite
38-385 LNER 12 Ton ventilated Fruit van in early BR bauxite
38-386 LNER 12 Ton ventilated Fruit van in late BR bauxite
38-170B BR 12 Ton plywood ventilated van in early BR bauxite
38-171B BR 12 Ton plywood ventilated van in late BR bauxite
38-180B BR 12 Ton plywood fruit van in early BR bauxite
38-181B BR 12 Ton plywood fruit van in late BR bauxite
38-230A BR 12 Ton planked ventilated van with plywood doors in early BR bauxite
37-225F 16 Ton mineral wagon with top flap doors in BR grey
37-226F 16 Ton mineral wagon with top flap doors in BR bauxite
37-250F 16 Ton mineral wagon with top flap doors in BR grey
37-252D 16 Ton mineral wagon with top flap doors in BR bauxite
37-376B 16 Ton pressed end door steel mineral wagon in MOT bauxite
37-377F 16 Ton pressed end door steel mineral wagon in BR grey
37-426B 16 Ton slope sided pressed side door steel mineral wagon in MOT bauxite
37-451B 16 Ton slope sided pressed side door steel mineral wagon in MWT brown
37-275E 27 Ton steel tippler wagon in BR grey with Iron Ore branding
37-276B 27 Ton steel tippler wagon in BR grey with Chalk branding
37-354B 13 Ton steel sand tippler wagon in BR grey
37-355B 13 Ton steel sand tippler wagon in BR bauxite
38-325 LNER 13 Ton high sided open wagon with chain pockets in early BR bauxite
38-326 LNER 13 Ton high sided open wagon with chain pockets in late BR bauxite
38-327 LNER 13 Ton high sided open wagon with smooth sides in early BR bauxite
38-328 LNER 13 Ton high sided open wagon with smooth sides in lateBR bauxite
38-329 LNER 13 Ton high sided open wagon with smooth sides / wooden door in early LNER oxide
33-856C 30 Ton bogie bolster wagon in BR grey
33-928 30 Ton bogie bolster wagon in BR grey with steel girders
33-929 30 Ton bogie bolster wagon in BR grey with pipe load
33-879 45 Ton bogie well wagon in LNER grey with boiler load
33-901 45 Ton bogie well wagon in BR grey
38-152A 80 Tonne BDA bogie bolster wagon in EWS livery
38-158 80 Tonne BDA bogie bolster wagon in BR bauxite with steel pipe load
38-159 80 Tonne BDA bogie bolster wagon in Railfreight livery with steel beam load
38-350 BAA steel carrier in EWS livery with steel coil load
38-351 BAA steel carrier in Railfreight Metal sector with steel coil load
38-352 BAA steel carrier in Railfreight red / black with steel coil load
37-658A 14 Ton tank wagon with large filler in Fina livery
37-659A 14 Ton tank wagon in National Benzole livery
37-675B 14 Ton tank wagon in Mobil livery
37-607A Set of 3 14 Ton wagons in Tarmac livery (weathered)
37-660 14 Ton tank wagon in National Fertilizers livery
37-683 14 Ton tank wagon in John Robinson (Bristol) livery
37-575A 45 Ton TTA tank wagon in BP green livery
37-576A 45 Ton TTA tank wagon in Esso grey livery
37-577A 45 Ton TTA tank wagon in Shell / BP livery
37-583A 45 Ton TTA tank wagon in Mobil grey livery
38-110A 100 Ton TEA tank wagon in Shell grey livery
38-111A 100 Ton TEA tank wagon in BP green livery
38-113A 100 Ton TEA tank wagon in Esso grey livery
37-854A 104 Tonne HTA Bulk coal hopper wagon in EWS livery
38-030B 100 Tone HHA bogie hopper wagon in Freightliner Heavy Haul livery with sliding end doors
37-502B 24 Ton Ore hopper wagon in BR grey
38-131A 45 Tonne Seacow YGB hopper wagon in Departmental (Dutch) livery
38-132A 45 Tonne Seacow YGB hopper wagon in EWS livery
38-056A 21 Tonne OCA Dropside open wagon in Railfreight red livery
38-095B 34 Ton PNA ballast / spoil 5 rib wagon in Railtack livery
38-085B 34 Tonne Limpet ZKA open ballast wagon in Dutch livery
38-005A 46 Tonne H S A hopper wagon in BR bauxite
38-006A 46 Tonne HEA hopper wagon in Railfreight red / grey
38-013A 24 Tonne MFA open box mineral wagon in EWS livery (weathered)
33-435A 51 Tonne SSA scrap wagon (weathered)
38-300 OTA (xVDA) timber wagon with lumber load in BR Railfreight
38-301 OTA (xVDA) timber wagon with lumber load in EWS livery
38-345 FNA nuclear flask wagon with flat floor and round buffers
38-346 FNA nuclear flask wagon with sloping floor, changeover valve and oval buffers
38-347 FNA nuclear flask wagon with sloping floor and round buffers
 
37-305A 2 x Intermodal wagons with 45ft DHL containers
Scenecraft
The following are new items for 2010:
 
Station buildings
44-065 Art Deco platform centre building
44-066 Art Deco station building
44-067 Art Deco station end building
44-068 Art Deco subway building
44-073 Suburban station building
 
Lineside scenes
44-082 Derelict signal box
44-080 Weighbridge
44-069 Electrical substation
44-064 Art Deco signal box
44-043 Lineside transformer site
 
Urban Scenes
44-081 Portable builtdings (Portakabin)
44-024 Low relief bonded warehouse
44-075 Fire station
44-076 Garage
44-077 Georgian Townhouse
44-202 Low relief terrace houses (front)
44-203 Low relief corner store
44-085 Lock up garages
44-078 Modern industrial chimney
44-74 Bus Depot
 
On Shed
44-083 Carriage Shed
44-072 Depot crane
44-508 MPD accessories
44-070 Coaling Tower
44-050 4 Road engine shed
44-084 Inspection pit
 
Concrete Works
44-071 Wagon loading tower
 
Brewery
44-520 Metal beer kegs
44-518 wooden barrels
 
Village Scenes
44-51 Watermill
 
Accessories
44-517 Brute trolleys
44-079 Station forecourt set
44-512 Mobile snack bar
44-513 modern public toilet auto kiosk
44-511 Grounded van body
44-530 Cast iron bollards
44-531 Concrete bollards
44-510 modern shelter (station or bus)
44-514 modern bench seats
44-515 Greenhouse
44-516 garden shed
44-519 Oil barrels
44-521 milk churns
44-522 old style dustbins
44-523 CCTV security cameras
44-524 Fire buckets
44-525 Domestic wheelie bins
44-526 Industrial chemical drums
44-527 Propane cylinders
44-528 Air conditioning units
44-529 Traffic island bollards
44-532 Large aggregate bags
44-509 Car park accessories
 
Figures
36-080 Horses
36-081 Cows
36-082 Pigs
36-083 Sheep
36-400 1960s-1970s coal miners
36-401 Trainspotters
36-402 1960s-1970s standing passengers
36-403 Factory workers and foreman
36-404 1940s-1950s station staff
36-405 1960s-1970s station staff
36-406 Suburban street scene
36-407 1950s train crew
36-408 12 seated coach passengers
 
GF Prototype Deltic
The 3,300hp diesel Prototype Deltic was built in 1955, and was affectionately known as the "cat’s whiskers" and the "ice cream cart" due to its characteristic cream stripes, French blue livery, and prominent central headlamp.
It was the most powerful diesel locomotive in the world when it was built and its success rang the death knell for steam, which up until that time dominated Britain’s railways. Subsequent to the initial run English Electric supplied 22 production Deltic locomotives for the East Coast Main Line, heralding a new era for rail travel.
The Prototype locomotive was subsequently displayed at the Science Museum in London before transferring to the National Railway Museum. It is currently at Locomotion, Shildon.
The model (372-920) is currently in the tool room and will be released later this year.
GF Class 03
230 locomotives were built by British Railways at Doncaster and Swindon from 1957 until 1962. They were allocated across all regions for pilot or shunting duties and were the second largest class of diesel shunters in service with British Railways. Withdrawal from British Railways service began in 1963 but they were still functioning in private industry service until 1993. Although all but one has now been withdrawn from active service (one remains with First Capital Connect as a depot shunter at Hornsey following reinstatement in 1998) over 50 have been preserved for use on heritage railways.
Three versions will be produced in BR green (371-060), BR green with wasp stripes (371-061) and BR blue (371-062).
GF Mk1 Coaches
The range of inherited Mark 1 coaches have long been popular with N scale modellers since they were first introduced by the former Poole factory in 1981. A new set of tooling has now been produced which will allow for the first time the vehicles to include raised details, the previous models relying on intricate printing techniques on flat sided clear plastic shells to represent the detail.
 
Tooling has now been completed for the SO, SK, BSK and CK types. They will appear in BR crimson/cream, chocolate/cream, green, maroon and blue/grey. The new coach range will be available later this year.
List of Planned New N Gauge Models
The following are new items for 2010 (some existing tooling with livery or running number changes). Items in blue represent new tooling since the last catalogue was published (but some previously announced).
 
Train Sets
 
370-025A Junior starter set with LMS 0-6-0T locomotive
370-275 ‘The Merseyside Express’ with DP1 Deltic prototype locomotive
 
GWR & BR(WR) Locomotives
 
371-954A 94xx Class pannier tank No. 9405 in GWR green
371-981        61xx Prairie Tank No. 6114 in GWR green
371-931A 8750 Class pannier tank No. 4606 in GWR green
 
LMS & BR(LMR) Locomotives
 
372-135        Black 5 No. 5020 in LMS black
372-136        Black 5 No. 45216 in BR lined black with early emblem
372-137         Black 5 No. 45110 in BR lined black with late crest
372-476A Jubilee No. 45643 ‘Rodney’ in BR lined green with early emblem
 
BR Standard Class Locomotives
 
372-531        4MT 2-6-4T No. 80086 in BR lined black with late crest
372-650        4MT 2-6-0 No. 76053 in BR lined black with early emblem
372-651        4MT 2-6-0 No. 76079 in BR lined black with late crest
372-652         4MT 2-6-0 No. 76020 in BR lined black with early emblem
 
Diesel Locomotives
 
371-018        Class 08 No. 08585 in Freightliner livery
371-060        Class 03 No. D2011 in BR green
371-061        Class 03 No. D2388 in BR green with wasp stripes
371-062         Class 03 No. 03066 in BR blue with wasp stripes
371-050B Class 04 No. D2228 in BR green with late crest
372-950        Class 14 No. D9555 in BR green with wasp stripes
372-951         Class 14 No. D9523 in BR green (weathered)
370-952        Class 14 No. 14029 in BR blue with wasp stripes
371-078        Class 25 No. D7549 in BR two tone green (weathered)
371-451A Class 37/0 No. D6707 in BR green with late crest
371-465        Class 37/0 No. 37254 in BR blue
371-466        Class 37/0 No. 37035 in BR Civil Engineers (Dutch) livery
371-467        Class 37/0 No. 37239 ‘The Coal Merchants of Scotland’ in BR Railfreight coal sector livery
371-177A Class 40 No. D382 in BR green
371-178A Class 40 No. 40150 in BR blue
371-202        Class 44 No. D7 ‘Ingleborough’ in BR green
371-575A Class 45 No. D55 ‘Royal Signals’ in BR green
372-240        Class 47 No. 47535 ‘University of Leicester’ in large logo blue
372-241        Class 47 No. 47612 ‘Titan’ in InterCity livery
372-242        Class 47 No. 47474 ‘Sir Rowland Hill’ in BR parcels red/grey
371-253        Class 50 No. 50033 ‘Glorious’ in BR blue
372-920         Deltic Prototype locomotive No. DP1
371-393        Class 66 No. 66301 (5 door version) in Fastline Livery
371-394        Class 66 No. 66623 (5 door version) in Freightliner Bardon Aggregates livery
 
Electric Locomotives
 
371-802        Class 91 No. 91021 ‘Archibishop Thomas Crammer’ in GNER
livery with DVT trailer
 
Diesel Locomotives and DMUs
 
371-502        Class 101 2 car DMU in BR blue livery
371-503        Class 101 3 car DMU in BR blue / grey livery
371-878        Class 108 2 car DMU in BR blue
371-879         Class 108 3 car DMU in BR blue
 
BR Mk1 Coaches
 
374-270A Mark 1 57ft suburban compartment 2nd in BR crimson
374-280A Mark 1 57ft suburban composite in BR crimson
374-290A Mark 1 57ft suburban second coach in BR crimson
374-150B Mark 1 FK First Corridor in BR crimson / cream
374-028A Mark 1 BG Full Brake in BR green
374-100B Mark 1 RMB Mini Buffet in BR green
374-151B Mark 1 FK First Corridor in BR green
374-803A Mark 1 RFO Restaurant Car in BR green
374-101C Mark 1 RMB Mini Buffet in BR chocolate / cream
374-081A Mark 1 RFO Restaurant car in BR maroon
374-129        Mark 1 GUV General Utility Van in BR maroon
374-025C Mark 1 BG Full Brake in BR blue / grey
374-125C Mark 1 GUV General Utility Van in BR blue
374-156A Mark 1 FK First Corridor in BR blue / grey
374-127B Mark 1 GUV General Utility Van in RES red / grey
 
ew SO, SK, BSK and CK vehicles not yet listed
 
BR Mk1 Pullman Cars
 
374-201A Mark 1 FP First Parlour in BR grey / blue livery
374-211A Mark 1 SP Second Parlour in BR grey / blue livery
 
Stanier Coaches
 
374-080A Brake First coach in LMS crimson lake
374-845A First Corridor coach in LMS crimson lake
374-850A Composite 1st/3rd coach in LMS crimson lake
374-831A Brake First coach in BR crimson / cream
 
BR Mk3 Coaches
 
374-331        Mark 3 TS Trailer Standard in Cross Country livery
374-355        Mark 3 TFD Trailer First Disabled in Cross Country livery
374-380        Mark 3 TCC Trailer Composite Catering in Cross Country livery
374-405        Mark 3 TGS Trailer Card Standard in Cross Country livery
 
Wagons
 
373-403B OAA 31 Ton open wagon in Railfreight red / grey
373-625C OBA 31 Ton open wagon in EWS livery
373-626C OBA 31 Ton open wagon in Railfreight red / grey
373-627C OBA 31 Ton open wagon with high ends in Plasmoor livery
373-628C OBA 31 Ton open wagon with high ends in EWS livery
377-025A 5 plank steel floor wagon in Constable Hart livery
377-026A 5 plank steel floor wagon in Nathanial Atrill livery
377-027A 5 plank steel floor wagon in BR grey
377-050A 5 plank steel floor wagon in James Durnford livery
377-075A       7 plank end door wagon in Harrisons Ltd livery
377-078A 7 plank end door wagon in BR grey
377-079A 7 plank end door wagon in Firsestone Tyres livery
377-081A 7 plank wagon in D V Gostick livery
377-175A 7 plank with coke rail wagon in P.O.P. livery
377-176B 7 plank wagon with coke rail in BR grey
377-125A 8 plank end door wagon in Thorne livery
377-126A 8 plank end door wagon in Ketton Cement livery
377-127A 8 plank end door wagon in Great Mountain livery
377-150A 8 plank end door wagon in Stewarts & Lloyds livery
377-152A 8 plank end door wagon in Osborne & Son livery
373-260        8 Ton cattle wagon in BR bauxite
373-261        8 Ton cattle wagon in GWR dark grey
373-300A LMS brake van in BR (M) bauxite
373-301A LMS brake van in BR (M) grey
377-375        GWR 20 Ton Toad brake van in GWR grey - Birkenhead
377-376        GWR 20 Ton Toad brake van in BR grey – Stourbridge RU
377-377        GWR 20 Ton Toad brake van in early BR bauxite
377-378       GWR 20 Ton Toad brake van in S & T bauxite
377-525B LNER 20 Ton brake van in early BR bauxite
377-526B LNER 20 Ton brake van in BR (M) grey
377-625        12 Ton plywood fruit van in early BR bauxite
377-626        12 Ton plywood fruit van in late BR bauxite
377-627        12 Ton ventilated van with plywood doors in early BR bauxite
377-628        12 Ton ventilated van with plywood doors in late BR bauxite
373-052B 29 Ton VBA box van in Railfreight livery
373-053B      29 Ton VBA box van in EWS livery
377-275A 27 Ton steel tippler wagon with Iron Ore branding
373-826A 102 Tonne BRA steel strip carrier in EWS livery
373-554B 100 Ton TEA tank wagon in BP black livery (weathered)
373-555B 100 Ton TEA tank wagon in Shell livery (weathered)
373-556B 100 Ton TEA tank wagon in Fina livery (weathered)
373-650A 14 Ton tank wagon in National Benzole livery
373-651B 14 Ton tank wagon in Shell Electrical Oils livery
373-653A 14 Ton tank wagon in ICI livery
373-675A 14 Ton tank wagon with large filler in Mobil livery
373-678A 14 Ton tank wagon with large filler in Fina livery
373-679A 14 Ton tank wagon in Shell / BP livery
373-776B 45 Tonne TTA tank wagon in Esso livery
373-030B PGA Bulk aggregate hopper in British Industrial Sand livery
373-032A PGA Bulk aggregate hopper in VGA grey livery
373-033B PGA Bulk aggregate hopper in Lafarge livery
373-505C 46 Tonne HEA hopper in EWS livery
373-575D 46 Tonne MEA open mineral wagon in EWS livery
373-900C 46 Tonne HAA hopper wagon in silver / brown
377-000A 40 Tonne Sealion YGH hopper in olive green
377-001A 40 Tonne Seacow YGA hopper in Dutch livery
377-002A 40 Tonne Seacow YGA in EWS livery
377-100A 90 Tonne JGA bogie hopper in RMC livery
377-101A 90 Tonne JGA bogie hopper in Buxton Lime Industries livery
377-102A 90 Tonne JGA bogie hopper in Tarmac livery
377-550A 31 Tonne OCA dropside wagon in Dutch livery
377-551A 31 Tonne OCA dropside wagon in BR Railfreight livery
377-552A 31 Tonne OCA dropside wagon in EWS livery
377-575A 102 Tonne HYA hopper wagon in GBRf VTG livery
377-650       MBA bogie hopper wagon in EWS livery with buffers
377-651       MBA bogie hopper wagon in EWS livery without buffers
377-652      MOA bogie hopper wagon in EWS livery with buffers
373-002D PCA bulk powder wagon in Rugby Cement livery
373-003D PCA bulk powder wagon in Blue Circle Cement livery (weathered)
373-006B PCA bulk powder wagon in RMC orange livery (weathered)
373-007B PCA bulk powder wagon in Castle Cement livery (weathered)
377-355 2 x Intermodal bogie wagon with 45ft DHL containers
 
My thanks to Bachmann and particularly Dennis Lovett who produced the above details.

Finally, it was good to see so many model manufacturers, importers and retailers displaying their wares and talking so confidently about the model business in Britain. Everyone I spoke to had the impression that the crunch had passed by the modelling hobby which remains as healthy as it ever was. Certainly Bachmann's plans for the next 18 months show real confidence in the future.

Now, those of you who have been holding out on casting your votes in the annual wish list poll can go ahead and vote, knowing that you will not be voting for something Bachmann are already planning to make.

Hornby and ModelZone in HST Exclusive Agreement!

Hornby and ModelZone have today announced a exclusive arrangement involving models of the East Coast Main Line liveried HST and Mk3 rolling stock!

Hornby will be producing models of the East Coast Mainline Class 43 HST and appropriate Mk3 coaches exclusively for ModelZone. The Class 43 will be of the latest design, featuring twin drive and 5-pole motor and will be more than capable of hauling the relevant East Coast Main Line Mk3 stock. The exclusive Mk3 coaches will include an open first, open tourist class, a TGS and a buffet car.

Hornby have worked closely with East Coast Main Line in producing models for their press and TV campaign and, therefore, have had exclusive access to official livery designs.

Commenting on the exclusive Modelzone arrangement, Simon Kohler said, "We have, over the years, produced exclusive models for Modelzone but this is the first time that we have produced a whole train!" Simon continued," The train looks absolutely stunning and I know from conversations I have had with enthusiasts around the UK that it is one that is in great demand."

London Transport Museum’s Open Weekend

The next 'London’s Transport in Miniature Open Weekend' at London Transport Museum’s Depot in Acton will be next weekend (13th and 14th March) and is especially themed to compliment the museum’s current major exhibition, Suburbia.

Highlights will include The Bayko Collectors Club, who will be building a giant Bayko suburban layout, the suburb will include various styles of houses, shops, cinemas, blocks of flats and stations. The Worthing Model Railway Club will showcase West London suburbs, Loftus Road and John Howe’s Dog Kennel Hill model depicts the unique quadruple track layout that ran up the 1 in 10 hill in Dulwich until 1951. Up to 4 trams are shown moving at any one time, negotiating alternative adjacent tracks and halting at the compulsory tram stops.

Visitors can also see fascinating collections of working transport model layouts, exhibited by guest professional and amateur modellers. With layouts varying in size and scale, scenes are depicted right down to the finest detail and cover all modes of London travel from Underground trains and trams to cycling and walking.

The Depot, which is normally closed to the public, has over 370,000 objects including 70 road and rail vehicles as well as signs, models, photographs, engineering drawings, uniforms and original works of art used for the Museum's celebrated poster collection.

Other attractions include rides on the Depot’s miniature railway which features steam and electric trains, trips on full size heritage vehicles - including the 1950s prototype of the Routemaster bus (the RM1), tours of the poster and artwork stores led by museum curators and the Wootton Electric Tramway from the Isle of Wight will carry visitors along its own tracks around the Depot, powered by overhead electric wiring.

Family activities include creative workshops and the opportunity to handle some of the objects from the Museum’s collection. Meet actor characters from the past as they explain what it was like to work and travel on transport in London in times gone by.

A special sale on selected limited edition models will be offered during the event.

Tickets are valid on both days and cost *£10.00 for adults, *£8.00 for senior citizens, *£6.00 concessions and £5.00 for London Transport Museum Friends. Accompanied children under 16 are admitted free. To avoid the queues, tickets can be booked in advance by calling 020 7565 7298 or online at: ltmuseum.co.uk. The Museum Depot is open both days from 11.00 to 17.00 with the last admission at 16.00. It is located in Acton at 2 Museum Way, 118 – 120 Gunnersbury Lane, London, W3 9BQ. The nearest Tube station is Acton Town (District and Piccadilly Line) check before you travel at tfl.gov.uk. Further information regarding activities can be found at ltmuseum.co.uk.

Hints & Tips No.227 - Prototype Or Freelance? Part 1

by Bob Heath Barchester (Spain)

When considering a new model, there are several things to consider, such as whether you are going to model a freelance situation or a prototypical one. If prototypical, which company will you model and in what era will it be set - the steam age, modern times or the meeting point of the two? What kind of running do you want to do when the rails are down - continuous, 'there and back' or a mix of the two? The kind of running you decide on will be the lynch pin of the whole model because your basic track design will have to reflect this choice.

You may say that you do not want to be bothered with any of it, you just want to see some trains running. Don't we all? In my experience modellers have quickly changed their minds as their model began to take shape and they could see the possibilities. Their ever growing skills are then being applied to a model that means something and serves a useful purpose as a mode of transportation.

A decision taken now, could save you a lot of money on things that are inappropriate.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

Bell Code 2-2

In response to Colin Fraser-Davies 2-2 (Engine assisting in rear of train) (where specially authorised) is sent after Train Entering Section has been sent and acknowledged by the box in advance for example "A" asks "Is Line clear for an Express Passenger Train"(4 beats). "B" responds with [4] and sets the block to line clear. As the train departs A after attaching the banker A sends T E S (2 beats) B answers with [2] and places the block to Train on Line. A then sends Engine Assisting in Rear of Train (2-2). B answers with [2-2]. The 2-2 code is repeated for each assisting loco so that B knows how many locos are on the rear. B will only send Train out of section when the train has arrived with all the bankers. One thing to note is that 2-2 was only used if the banker passed right through the section e.g. on the S&D, the banker on a northbound freight detached at Binegar, so Shepton Mallett would have sent 2-2 to Binegar. But on a southbound freight, the banker dropped off at Masbury and did not go right through the section, so Binegar would not have sent 2-2 to Shepton Mallet.

David Smith

-----

My thanks to all the contributors who answered my appeal for assistance. Much appreciated. Incidentally, I have not had any problems with using banking locos on my 00 layout. The trick seems to be to choose a banking loco which isn't too powerful (so it doesn't push the trains off the track) and also runs reasonably fast (so it can keep up!). A doctored front coupling which will not engage is also an advantage.

Colin Fraser-Davies (New Zealand).

-----

Spoil Sports & Paint

I see once again that some correspondents are trying to spoil our fun - Again - namely ‘Hints and Tips’ and Steve Mann.

There can be no better fun than grovelling round on one's hand and knees under the bench or layout for an hour looking for the errant spring. It was said that a missing motor spring was found on the moon during one of the landings!

As for finding tiny dropped bits use a vacuum cleaner with a piece of thin gauze tapped over the end. This has two advantages - you will find what you dropped and you will have a clean workshop.

As for washing up liquid - watching the dog (or an unwanted visitor) slide through the railway room can provide hours of merriment (just make sure it’s not SWMBO!).

Seven years for SR green paint? We can beat that! Last winter the shed here was repainted from an 'acquired' can labelled ‘Manufactured June 1951’ - the dark olive!

Ken Darville

-----

Hornby Surprises

I was interested to see the announcement of the Hornby 'extras' - proof, if any were needed, that Simon Kohler does indeed listen to his market (when production priorities allow, no doubt).

But where are the 'Castles' from last year please? So far only two versions have reached the shops and the Swindon museum have advised me that their's is not now expected "until at least April" - it was due in January (I ordered mine last October). I can appreciate that the 'Castle' presents particular detailing problems in production, but I am worried that Mr Kohler's 'Swindon conversion' might be slipping down his priority scale.

Thanks Nigel Lamkin for support on the 54XX/64XX/74XX - Simon Kohler gave me a good hearing on the subject last year and I will continue to push them with him at any Hornby roadshow, when I get the chance. And we have a poll currently being held!

Mike Romans

-----

I read on the Friday MREmag that Hornby are to release two new 0-6-0 locomotives fitted with decoder chips. Good news for the DCC people, but I am more interested in what mechanism they will have. Will it be the same as that fitted to the current 08/09 diesel shunter, which would be terrific news, or will they be fitted with the same old machinery as the J52 and J72, which would tragic news. My capital expenditure plans for the rest of 2010 hinge upon the answer to this question.

Bill Towers - Brisbane

Surely the wheel spacing on the 08/09 would be incorrect for the tank engines - unless they were dock shunters. A worse problem with the J72 is the poor body which still has moulded handrails - Ed.

-----

0 Gauge Backscenes

First of all, please let me state that I have no other interest in the supplier that I am about to describe, other than being a very happy and satisfied customer!

For ages I have looked for good quality backscenes. Being an 0 gauge modeller, in USA outline (and 2-rail to boot!), it is very difficult to source things - especially backscenes.

Eventually, due to someone's kindness, I was put on to 'id backscenes' and am now very happy and satisfied modeller. These are photo-real and come in either 8" or 15" depths. They can do a length of up to 20 feet by joining the scenic pieces together.

The URL for this superb supplier is : http://www.art-printers.com/backscenes.htm

They are thoroughly recommended!

Don Gilham

-----

Heljan Developments

I read with interest Alistair Barrie's comments regarding NEM boxes on Heljan diesels. I too found the NEM boxes high on the Class 27. They are also high on my model Class 47, but perfect on my 'Hymek' and 'Western'.

This has not proven a problem for me, as I fit Kadees to all my stock, and minor variations in height, such as on my Heljan models, can be accommodated by adjusting the coupler trip pin on the Kadees with a pair of pliers.

I also agree with Alistair's comments about certain Bachmann stock. The Mk1 coaches have the boxes set very high and to fit Kadees I had to resort to surgery on the plastic with a file. However, to be fair, I have had no height problems with any other Bachmann stock.

What I have noticed is that, on certain stock, there has been the occasional tendency for the coupling to droop or hang low. I have solved this by inserting .005" plasticard between the box and the Kadee coupler.

These NEM boxes have proven a boon to modellers such as myself who use Kadees. However the height of these above the track is very important

Mike Black, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

-----

Heljan & Hornby

Not that I have a track cleaner, but the interest by Simon Kohler and Heljan in investigating the problem warms the cockles of your heart. Nice to see competitors working together legitimately for a change instead of playing blame game tennis with the customer.

Mike Wonham

-----

The Livery of Hawksworth Coaches

Did Hawksworth stock appear in GW livery?

Coaches constructed in 1947 and the early 1948 appeared in chocolate and cream with the double lining on the waistrail, with either GWR on the waist with the crest below, or Great(crest)Western below the lining. Coaches so treated were SK, CK and BCK. Coaches constructed by contractors continued to be painted in the GW style a while after Swindon started painting theirs in BR livery
For coaches constructed in the later part of 1948, these appeared in the GW livery, but with BR ‘W ‘suffixed numbers carried on the left hand end of the body. However BSKs do not appear to have been painted in any form of GW livery.

1949-1956 All coaches appeared in BR carmine and cream with left-hand numbers at first, then right-hand W suffixed numbers from circa 1951.

1957-1967 - coaches appeared in standard lined maroon livery.

1958-1960 - three BCKs converted to Slip Coaches. Painted in WR brown and cream with the crest.

1959-1965 - three CKs fitted for DMU operation, painted in later DMU green livery.

1967/8 - a limited number of SKs (and possibly CKs) appeared in BR blue and grey livery.

Vans were painted as follows:

1950-1956 carmine.

1957-1967 maroon or lined maroon (rare).

1967–c1976 BR blue.

Ian David Smith

-----

Before this subject dies down I'd just like to add another possible photographic reference for Hawksworth coaches in GW livery, whereby on page 13 of Locomotives Illustrated No 108 - GW Kings in BR Days, is shown No 6026 King John with 'British Railways' on its tender, on the 'Cornish Riviera Limited' in 1949.

Whilst any double lining on the two leading vehicles, (probably a brake third and corridor third), is not clearly evident, a crest midway on each coach certainly is, so they must still have been in GW chocolate and cream, even if the words 'Great Western' had been painted out. (Could they even be the same two coaches as depicted in the 'Torbay Express' photo near Teignmouth in June 1949 - as mentioned in Wednesday 3 March, in the posting by Tudor Thomas?).

Stephen Derek

-----

Blackening Hornby Coupling Rods

I wonder do any of your readers know a way of blackening the coupling rods and motion of older Hornby locos (from the '80s) from the bright look they have, to something resembling the newer and much more realistic ones? I have tried painting, but this often cracks off after a while and, anyway, does not look as good as I would like.

Colm Flanagan

-----

Short Circuits with DCC

With reference to Merv Rogers' letter about the Code 75 points being ballasted, this should not be an insurmountable problem. It just means you have to be a bit more careful with any mods! Many years ago, before Peco made live frog points, my layout used their standard Code 100 insulfrog points and all my track was fully ballasted. I converted most of them to live frogs by carefully removing the plastic frogs & replacing them with brass ones or soldered rails. I still have 10 of them working OK on my converted DCC layout, the rest being replaced with new ones, due to old age!

Similarly, by using a cutting disc, you could cut the rails between the hinge of both blades and half way to where they converge at the frog. Solder a wire to each rail & the rails connected to the frog then use a Peco PL-13 accessory switch attached to the point motor (or control rod if your points are hand operated) using the wire from the frog as the common. This will make the open blade dead. Both of the frog rails should be isolated. Try a hidden one first!

Peter Goodman

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Friday 5.3.10

Surprise New Hornby Releases for 2010!

Hornby announced a wide range of new models scheduled for release over the coming months.

Amongst the new releases will be a limited edition A4 in silver livery celebrating the 75th anniversary of the LNER 'Silver Jubilee' service. The chosen locomotive is Silver Link, the first locomotive to haul the premier high speed service between Kings Cross and Newcastle in 1930. The locomotive will be presented in its own dedicated pack together with a limited edition certificate. Only 1000 will be produced and therefore demand is expected to be high.

Over the last few months, Hornby has been keen to hear from its stockists and enthusiasts alike and have noted the demands for either specific models or variations which have inspired many of the new items. Amongst these models will be an A3 Brown Jack, fitted with a double chimney, German smoke deflectors and a Diagram 107 boiler, placing the model in the early to mid 1960s. The Southern modeller has not been forgotten with the release of the late BR 'Merchant Navy' Lamport & Holt complete with 5100 gallon tender.

Several of the Hornby locomotives are now supplied with decoders fitted but these tend to be the larger models; however, available later in the year will be two 0-6-0s – an LNER J83 and a GNR J13 both fitted with a decoder and, I understand, both competitively priced!

One of the great success stories of 2009 was the introduction of the Hitachi Class 395 EMUs in not only 1:1 scale on the real railways but also the 1:76 version produced by Hornby. The DTSO units are now starting to carry the names of renowned Olympians and the first Hornby model to include the named units will be Sir Steve Redgrave, which is due for release in the summer.

The Hornby LMS Period 3 coaches were introduced in 2005 but have been available only in either LMS or BR maroon liveries. In the autumn, this year, these will be available in carmine and cream, with the exception of the parcels van which will be produced in the maroon livery of the period.

Additional BR Mk3 coaches will also make an appearance in the original BR blue, answering a need highlighted at the various exhibitions that the Hornby Roadshow has attended over recent months.

Finally, the venerable Southern bogie luggage van will acquire the Pullman livery as applied to the funeral car used to carry the body of Sir Winston Churchill to his final resting place.

Skaledale

The limited edition coaling tower was one of this year’s main attractions and caused great interest with the modellers. Being inspired by the coaling tower in Carnforth, raised the question about an ash plant! This will now make an appearance in the Skaledale range. Demand, like that for the coaling tower, is expected to be high as the ash plant will also be a limited edition. The expected price is £35.

Commenting on the new additions, Simon Kohler, Hornby Marketing Manager, said, "These new items are the direct result of us listening and reacting to our customer’s wishes. Of course we cannot accommodate all of the suggestions but hopefully we will have catered for the majority."

Bachmann Branchline & Graham Farish

The time is fast approaching for the announcement of Bachmann's plans for the next 18 months for both their Branchline and Graham Farish ranges. On Sunday I shall be travelling south for a briefing and then dashing back home to write a report for Monday's MREmag. So don't miss it!

February 2010 Quiz Results

Another reasonable response this month so thanks to those that entered. The lucky winner this month is Noel Downie from Devon, a first time entrant I think. Congratulations go to Noel. Rails of Sheffield, who we thank again for their sponsorship, will be in touch with Noel over the next few days via email.

There will be no quiz in March due to me being invited by the NHS to participate in phase 2 of my surgical procedures. I could be called in at any time with just a day’s notice and will then be out of action for anything between 4 to 6 weeks so there may not be a quiz in April either. Whatever happens, the monthly prize of £50.00 will be accumulated until I’m ready to go again so we may be seeing a £150 prize in May. I’ll keep you informed via Pat.

By the way, if anyone wishes to make contact with any queries about any of the questions and answers, please contact me at quizmaster@blueyonder.co.uk and NOT via Pat. Pat has no involvement in setting or scoring the quiz so any emails to him are just forwarded by him to me. Pat has enough on his plate so please do not involve him unnecessarily. I know there are times when people wish to discuss some of the answers and I am happy to acknowledge that there may be times when they are open to debate but I must stress that it will not affect the result of the quiz.

Here are the questions and answers. The Quizmaster’s decision is final.

1. Which was the first of Churchward’s 2-8-0 47xx locos to be withdrawn and when (month and year)?

Answer: It was 4702 in June 1962.

2. Which was the only tank engine to be painted in fully lined out Apple Green livery by the LNER?

Answer: It was the first of the Thompson L1 2-6-4 tanks, number 9000, built in May 1945. The remainder of the class were not built until after nationalisation. This presents a nice opportunity for Hornby for 2011.

3 In terms of livery, what was unique about Stanier Pacific 46251 City of Nottingham?

Answer: It was the only Coronation Class with the running plate drop front end to carry BR maroon livery. All other maroon class members had the utility front end.

4. How many Castle class 4-6-0s were ultimately fitted with double chimneys?

Answer: 66 were fitted with double chimneys. The first was 7018 in 1956, when it was fitted with an experimental version. It, and 65 others, were later converted to a standard double chimney between 1957 and 1961.

5. Now to Gresley’s famous A3 pacifics. Of these, how many were converted from A1s and how many were built as A3s?

Answer: 51 were converted from A1s and 27 were built new as A3s.

6. How many ex BR class 58 diesels does Axiom Rail have working in France on the project to construct the high speed line linking Dijon and Mulhouse?

Answer: There are 24, the latest one being 58006.

7. What was the identity of the DB Schenker class 66 loco which crashed at Carrbridge on January 4th when hauling the Stobart train and what was the identity of the loco which arrived with the breakdown train on January 6th?

Answer: The crashed loco was 66048 "James the Engine" in Stobart livery and 66043 arrived with the Margam breakdown train on January 6th. Not bad considering the distance it had travelled. 37425 had arrived on January 5th to remove the undamaged container wagons and 66139 arrived on January 7th with the Bescot breakdown train. Not a good first day for EWS having wrestled the contract from DRS.

8. What is the number and name of the first class 67 to be repainted into DB Schenker livery?

Answer: It is 67018, named Keith Heller.

9. As mentioned in a previous quiz, Rails of Sheffield recently commissioned a model of Jubilee class "Gilbert and Ellice Islands. An original nameplate from Gilbert Ellice Islands" recently sold at an auction held by Great Central Railwayana Ltd. What price did it fetch?

Answer: £18,200, sadly beyond the reach of the quiz sponsor.

10. And now for this month’s cryptic question. The route of which A2, built by the Romans, was closely followed by the more modern A5.

Answer: It was A2/3 Pacific 60521 Watling Street. Watling Street was a road built by the Romans which ran north west from London through St Albans to the south of Leicester before turning west and heading towards a point south of Shrewsbury. The A5 trunk road broadly follows the course of the original Watling Street, extending beyond Shrewsbury through north Wales to Holyhead. There was also an eastern extension of Watling Street from London to Dover.

 

Hints & Tips No.226 - Useful Tools No.1

From Several Sources

Plastic Bags

Work with your hands and loco inside a large clear plastic bag, when changing brushes or working on couplings. When those little copper springs go flying off, they will be caught inside the plastic bag and easy to find. This tip saves hours of crawling on the carpet, on all fours!

Sponge Paint Holder

To avoid spilling small pots of paint (Humbrol) cut a paint-pot-sized hole into a bath sponge. When painting, place the pot into the sponge; it's a lot more difficult to knock over the sponge and you can clean your brush on the sponge, too.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Having Your Say...

Old Cine Films

I have uploaded a number of my old cine films to YouTube. My film of a journey across the Isle of Wight by steam has received favourable feedback, some of which can be read on YouTube. I have also received a number of enquiries from people wishing to acquire a copy on DVD.

In response to these enquiries I am inviting expressions of interest from anyone who might like to acquire a copy, with a view to determining whether it would be a viable investment for me to have this film scanned using the latest digital technology.

The film, which can be viewed on YouTube, was copied to digital video by back projecting onto a ground glass screen and videoing with a camera through a front silvered mirror. While this method of transfer is adequate for YouTube and my private use, it would leave much to be desired if marketed as a commercial DVD.

My proposal is to arrange for my original 8mm cine film to be scanned (not a telecine machine) using the latest digital technology. Then to re-master the sound track from original tapes and add a commentary to describe the journey. I would supply the video in DVD format as an Internet download, thus saving the cost of burning DVDs and packaging. The likely sale price will be AUD$10.00 or GBP£6.00 for a 15 minute video.

The quality of the video, which I offer for sale, can never be better than the original standard 8mm cine film; also the two parts of the film will be offered as one continuous video.

Please view the film and indicate your interest by visiting our website at
http://www.mrol.com.au/Video_Poll_Feedback.aspx

Paul Plowman

-----

Bell Code 2-2

This was sent in place of the usual 2 for 'train entering section'.

John Ashley

-----

The Milnwood Junction accident of 1905 was caused by the failure of a signalman to use this code. See the accident report at http://www.railwaysarchive.co.uk/documents/BoT_MilnwoodJunction1905.pdf which details how this code was supposed to be used.

Colin Hume

-----

In response to Colin Fraser-Davis’ inquiry over the correct use of bell code 2-2, the Rule Book states: "After the box in rear has sent Train Entering Section and the block instrument placed to Train On Line, the same box must send Locomotive Assisting In Rear (2-2) to the box in advance. If more than one loco is assisting in rear, the box in rear must advise the box in advance." Also, 'Train Out Of Section' must not be sent until the assisting loco has arrived at the box in advance. If the assisting loco does not proceed into the section after 2-2 has been sent, the box in rear must tell the box in advance.

Ian Smith

-----

Using the 2-2 bell signal is very simple; in fact, I reckon it was probably one of the easiest Block Regulations to learn - but it could only be used where specially authorised.

After the 'Train Entering Section' bell signal (2) has been sent and acknowledged the 2-2 signal is immediately sent and also acknowledged; n.b. 'Call Attention' is not sent before the 2-2.

If there is more than one assisting engine in rear of the train, then 2-2 is sent and acknowledged, in turn, for each engine.

If the train is assisted in rear by a loco with not more than 2 brake vans, the bell signal 2-3-1 is used instead of 2-2.

'Train Out of Section' must not be sent until all the assisting engines etc. have arrived at the box in advance.

(Note: GWR Regulations were slightly different and only one 2-2 would be used, any additional engines being advised by 'speaking telegraph').

Mike Romans

-----

Block Regulation 10:

a]. After the 'Train entering section' signal has been sent and the block indicator has been placed to the 'Train on Line' position for a train that is assisted by an engine in the rear the 'Engine assisting in rear of train' [2-2; Southern Region 1-4-1] signal must be sent to the box in advance to indicate that an engine is assisting the train in the rear. The signal must at one be recorded in the train register. If the train is assisted by more than one engine in rear, the 'Engine assisting in rear of train' signal must be sent and acknowledged separately for each engine so assisting.

b]. If the train is assisted in the rear by an engine with one or two brake vans, the 'Engine with one or two brake vans assisting in rear of train signal' [2-3-1; Southern Region 1-5-1] must be sent.

c]. The 'Train out of section' signal must not be sent until the assisting engine or engines or the assisting engine with one or two brake vans, as the case may be, have arrived.

[from 'Regulations for Train Signalling and Signalmen's General Instructions' BR ref. 29960 of 1st October 1960]

Neil Burgess

-----

In response to the request of the use of bell 2-2 to advice locomotive assisting in rear, the following procedure is used on both the Mid Hants Railway and West Somerset Railways where I am a signalman.

After the line clear has been obtained and the train enters the section, the signalman in rear bells "2" (train entering section). The signalman in advance responds "2". Now the signalman in rear bells "2-2". (train assisted in rear). The signalman in advance responds "2-2". Both signalmen record the code used in the notes column of the train register.

This code should also be used where 2 or more light engines, under power, are coupled together and enter the section.

Nigel Mann

-----

I believe I am right in saying that a particular application of this code applied to 'trains of engines', i.e. two or more light engines coupled together to 'save a block'.

In such a case the first two engines were signalled under the class G 'Light engine, or light engines coupled together' code [2-3]; but the remaining engine(s) were each signalled under Regulation 10 as if they were assisting engines.

I can't find a reference for this but perhaps someone might.

Neil Burgess

-----

Regulation 10 (1960 "Regulations for Train Signalling and Signalman's General Instructions"):
"(a) After the Train entering section signal has been sent and the block indicator has been placed to the Train on line position for a train assisted by an engine in rear the Engine assisting in rear of train (2-2) signal must be sent to the box in advance to indicate that an engine is assisting the train in the rear. The signal must at once be recorded in the train registers......"

The regulation continues to say that the signal is to be sent for each engine assisting in rear. There is also the special signal 2-3-1 for a 'banking engine' which has one or two brake vans with it!

This Regulation only applied where 'assisting engines' (officialese for bankers) were authorised by the Sectional Appendix.

John Webb

-----

In the first ever common Block Signalling Regulations authorised for all railways in the UK, the BR Regulations, October 1960 the bell code 2-2 Engine Assisting in Rear of Train, Regulation 10, states:-

[This Regulation only applies at the places where the use of assisting engines in rear is authorised in the Sectional Appendix, and as shown in Regulation 3]

[a] After the Train Entering Section signal has been sent and the block indicator has been placed to the Train on Line position for a train that is assisted by an engine in the rear the Engine Assisting in Rear of Train [2-2] signal must be sent to the box in advance to indicate that an engine is assisting the train in the rear. The signal must at once be recorded in the train register. If the train is assisted by more than one engine in rear, the Engine assisting in rear of train signal must be sent and acknowledged separately for each engine so assisting.

Merv Rogers

-----

[b] If the train is assisted in the rear by an engine with one or two brake vans, the Engine with one or two brake vans assisting in rear of train signal [2-3-1] must be sent.

[c] The Train out of Section must not be sent until the assisting engine or engines or the assisting engine with one or two brake vans, as the case may be, have arrived.

[d] In the event of the assisting engine or engines or engine with one or two brake vans not proceeding into the section after the appropriate bell signal has been sent to and acknowledged by the box in advance the Signalman at the box in rear must advise the Signalman at the box in advance accordingly and each Signalman must make an appropriate entry in the train register.

Merv Rogers

-----

Engine Assisting in Rear of Train.

"After the Train entering section signal has been sent and the block indicator has been placed to the Train on line position for a train that is assisted by an engine in the rear the Engine assisting in rear of train (2-2) signal must be sent to the box in advance to indicate that an engine is assisting the train in the rear." ... "If the train is assisted by more than engine in rear, the Engine assisting in rear of train signal must be sent and acknowledged separately for each engine so assisting."

Similarly "Engine with one or two brake vans assisting in rear of train signal (2-3-1) must be sent"

"The Train out of section signal must not be sent until the assisting engine or engines or the assisting engine with one or two brake vans, as the case may be, have arrived."

As the above was copied from the book of regulations, it did not bend my memory. So, treat the next sentence with as much caution as you wish. My memory tells me that light engines coupled were covered by the same regulation.

Rod Flanagan

-----

When trains were being banked, the 2-2 bell code would be sent after the 2 ‘Train entering section’ code had been acknowledged by the box in advance.

The corresponding code on the Southern Region was 1-4-1 for an engine assisting in the rear, or 1-5-1 for an engine with one or two brake vans assisting in the rear. They used the 2-2 code for Is Line Clear for a Breakdown Train or Snow Plough going to clear the line, or a light engine going to assist a disabled train.

Charles Steele

-----

Hawksworth Coaches

The coach visible in the picture on Page 85 of The Western Since 1948 is, alas, not in full GW livery as the crest etc. has clearly been painted over; but it is in GWR colours. (yet another variation for Simon perhaps?)

Mike Romans

-----

Not all types of Hawksworth coaches were built before nationalisation so Hornby would not be able to make a complete set in this livery, those that were completed after nationalisation until BR agreed on the Crimson and Cream livery were painted in GWR livery without the GWR branding.

Simon is correct but of course there is always modellers licence!!

Let's hope one day they will upgrade their early Collett coaches which would not duplicate with the Bachmann later version, these would then satisfy those who want an early 'Castle'.

Ian Taylor

-----

The only livery that could have been applied to Hawksworth coaches built between 1-1-48 and the introduction of carmine and cream in (mid?) 1949 was chocolate and cream - there simply wasn't anything else! Plus, existing stocks of paint would have been used up first? Whether full lining would have been applied in early BR days is unlikely, but photo evidence is needed. With the usual 2-3 year repaint cycle for principal coaching stock, these vehicles must still have been around in 1951-52. Perhaps someone at Didcot will have more information.

Rod Stewart - Adelaide

-----

May I, through you, thank your contributors for their excellent efforts in finding reference to GWR liveried Hawksworth coaches being used on the 'rails'. I have always said that I do not mind being corrected and I have to say that on this particular occasion I am simply delighted that I was wrong!

Simon Kohler

-----

Tree Armatures

Could it be that Geoffrey Figgins' problem is to do with time compression due to the small scale, so the tree thinks it is Autumn already?

A very tongue in cheek Graham Crawford

-----

Having made his trees Geoffrey Figgins can avoid this problem of foliage drop by applying dilute PVA. To give a more natural look, before this has dried I apply small amounts of appropriately coloured scatters; e.g. a lighter green to represent new shoots.

John Challenor

-----

Global Warming?

Ron Stringer

-----

(For Geoffrey Figgins): These products are well regarded in US modelling circles, so I'm surprised you're having so much trouble. Did you apply a fixative? I've got some of these in N scale, but so far I've only deployed an older type with a whitemetal armature. They withstood very rough handling. Plastic injection mouldings often have mould-release left on them which can be removed by washing the plastic armatures in water with a small amount of washing-up liquid. You need to rinse and dry the pieces before you have another go of course.

WARNING! Washing-up liquid should not be drunk, squirted into your eye, used as snuff, stuck in your ear, smeared on the soles of your shoes before going for a walk, fed to the dog, used as a petrol additive or as a condiment or as a medical lubricant. It can be used to help sink screws into melamine, but you’ll only overdo it and strip the thread so don’t do that either. Large pools of washing-up liquid on the floor are a bad idea, so don’t do that. Don’t substitute it for brake fluid or acetone; it can’t do the job of either.

Steve Mann NYC

-----

Various

I could not help being reminded by John Cherry’s brake shoe problem (03/03) of the mania created by the old Shell Money promotion of many years ago. I just pray Heljan are not sending us down that road again!

And I can only assume that Steve Mann of NYC (also 03/03) is not English. Otherwise he would know that it is a built in national trait never to read warnings on labels, instruction manuals etc. as we have an innate ability to understand any item when confronted with it. Just watch my wife unpacking anything!

Merv Rogers

-----

00 Gauge 'Stove R'

With reference to James Storey's post on Model Rail Scotland 2010 and the N gauge 'Stove R' on the Dapol stand, whatever become of the plan to introduce this model in 00? I personally would have purchased several of these and I don't think I would have been alone. Let's see how popular this choice of vehicle is in the current poll.

Nick Lamkin

-----

Dapol Track Cleaner

Further to my e-mail of last week, where one of your contributors appeared to have a running problem with the Dapol track cleaning vehicle fitted with a Hornby R8249 decoder, I am pleased to advise the following.

Dave Jones from Dapol gave me one of the track cleaners when we met at the Glasgow show this last weekend. Having had our technical chap run some tests, the following motor draw was noted:

Vacuum function .. 200mA

Polishing function .. 240mA

Grinding function .. 250mA

With these figures, it would appear that the Hornby R8249 decoder is more than capable of handling the current draw. What I must stress, however, is that when the motor is controlled via DCC, it is recommended that you do not 'drive' the motor on the full 12V, but try and keep it to half / three quarters speed; i.e. on or just below 9V DC.

I trust the above is of some use to your readers.

Simon Kohler

-----

Southern Coaching Stock Liveries

My friend, Chris Knowles-Thomas (SRLHCS), sent the following, which I have abridged for MREmag.

1925-38: Maunsell green (sometimes called 'Olive' but not really!).

1938/39: a lighter 'Dover' green tried on some stock but wore badly. Bulleid introduced Malachite.

WW2: limited application of Malachite.

Post-war: Malachite now applied generally (many older NPCS still in Maunsell green).

1 January 1948: BR formed. Estimated that 10% or more carriage stock was still in Maunsell green, including most luggage vans. Stock continued to be turned out in Malachite until early 1949.

1949-1956: red and cream for corridor stock. Many SR coaches managed to avoid these colours and retained Malachite until June 1956.

By 1956: 60-70% of SR carriage stock repainted red and cream or red - i.e. 30-40% still green, largely Malachite, but a few still Maunsell(?).

June 1956: BR green (No.11) introduced. Slightly darker than Malachite. By 1960 red and cream rare on the SR.

So, yes, mixed trains of green and red and cream would be a common sight, the proportion of red and cream increasing and the proportion of green diminishing as time passed.

(Note from Brian; there was certainly one Maunsell 3-set on the S&D in mixed red and cream/green livery.)

Brian Macdermott (with acknowledgements to Chris Knowles-Thomas)

-----

Further to Peter Bedding’s reply, there were BR Mk1s in carmine and cream right until phase 2 of the Kent Coast electrification. I am not sure about the rest of BR(S) but that was I think the end in Kent.

Peter Edwards in South-West China

-----

Southern Green Paint

Help required as to a supplier of the shade of 'Southern' green paint to duplicate that used by Hornby Dublo on their range of coaches. I have made myself some new etched brass bodyshells for the old tinplate coaches and I am trying to locate an aerosol of this green colour.

I have tried Railmatch Malachite and have scoured the shelves of and DIY shops, as well as model shops selling Humbrol/Hornby and Tamiya spray paints, without success. There are dozens of greens out there but none that I have found are close enough.

Before I resort to having some mixed, can anyone suggest a readily available colour? I do not have or use an airbrush. Must be an aerosol.

Any offers?

Tony Winzar

-----

Coach Liveries

I know nothing about Hawksworth coaches but it occurs to me that there is the possibility that they may, like Bulleid coaches, have undergone experimental schemes at the start of BR operations. The two-tone schemes might be plum and cream?

In respect of the Southern coach colours, I read recently that a 7 year repainting cycle was used which would give an indication of the duration of the various colour schemes in general terms.

Robert Inns

-----

Short Circuits with DCC

I was interested in Peter Goodman’s posting (01/03) regarding his layout conversion to DCC, and note that he has no problems with short circuits on turnouts whilst using Peco Code 100 trackwork. I assist a friend with a layout that was so converted but which uses Code 75 track with live frog turnouts and we do experience the shorting problem with certain items of stock. On occasions, when working on his locomotives, I have connected one of his DCC controllers to my layout which is Code 100, again with live frog turnouts, and have experienced no problems with shorting on turnouts.

It would seem logical to me that the finer the scale, the smaller the gaps on the turnouts and this may be an important aspect of the problem. I am aware of the modification that can be made to the Peco live frog turnouts but we have not gone down that road as all turnouts on the layout are ballasted in.

Merv Rogers

-----

54xx/64xx/74xx

I read Mike Roman's recent post with interest. When I suggested that Hornby produced a 54xx/64xx or 74xx pannier tank several years ago, I received lots of the usual replies of 'not another GWR loco'! I personally think a series of these pannier tanks locos would be a good seller for Hornby. Also they could do a simplified version without all the handrails, etc. for the Railroad range. A push-pull 64xx, complete with a pair of auto coaches (in at least 3 different liveries), would also make a nice little train pack. Please think about Mr. K.

Nick Lamkin

-----

ZTC Decoders

ZTC made their own range of decoders as well as re-badging other brands.

I was asked by ZTC to keep the source of one decoder confidential. What they didn’t seem to realise was that every decoder carries the manufacturers ID in a user readable CV. Needless to say, they had not had this changed to ZTC in the decoders they re-badged.

Andrew Crosland

-----

Heljan Developments

I obtained a copy of the British Outline Heljan Catalogue for 2010/11 at the Glasgow exhibition last weekend and noticed a further Birmingham/Class 26, an early variant (D5332). Will this version feature the connecting doors on the nose of the locomotive?

Have any other modellers noticed that the NEM pockets are high on the Heljan Clayton/Class 17, Birmingham Class 26 and 27 and are like previous Bachmann items, having cranked couplings to lower couplings to an acceptable height.

The Glasgow exhibition was one of the best for many years.

It is good to hear that you are to continue with MREmag - keep up the good work.

Alistair Barrie

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Wednesday 3.3.10

New Railway Book Reviews

More railway books have been reviewed and these will be found in the Book Review section which may be accessed by clicking on ‘Books’ to the left of this page and then picking the title that interests you from the index. For quick movement through the index, click on the appropriate letter in the letter index at the head of the column.

The new books are as follows: Railroad Signaling by Brian Solomon, The Main Lines of East Anglia by John Brodribb, Lost Liveries of Privatisation in Colour

by David Cable, Railways of Britain - London North of the Thames by Colin & David McCarthy, Carmarthen to Fishguard by Vic Mitchell & Keith Smith, Corris & Vale of Rheidol by Vic Mitchell, Railway Memories No.22 - Return to Leeds by Robert Anderson & Peter Rose, Detailing & Modifying Ready-to-Run Locomotives in 00 Gauge - Vol 2 by George Dent and Jack the Station Cat and the Snail Trail by Alan Cliff.

Romsey and District RMS Exhibition

The Romsey and District Railway Modellers Society's 31st Annual Exhibition will take place on Saturday 6th (10:30 - 5:00) & Sunday 7th (10:00 - 4:30) March in the Crossfield Hall, Romsey, Hampshire SO51 8GL. Admission prices are: adults £3, children £2, families (2 adults + 2 children) £8.

Crossfield Hall is situated just south of the town centre and is surrounded by car parks. It is also within walking distance of the local bus and railway stations.

The exhibition will feature 12 layouts together with trade support and light refreshments.

Additional information and pictures from previous exhibitions may be found at: http://www.rdrms.hampshire.org.uk/Exhib/Page001.html

Hints & Tips No.225 - Making Corrugated Roofing.

by Harvey McRae (Kelowna BC, Canada) with thanks to the NMRA

Do you ever want corrugated metal roofing? Well, here is how I have started making mine.

Take an ordinary tin can with a fine corrugated rib in the middle. Cut off both ends of the tin and cut the metal from top to bottom. OK, now you have a piece of tin that you have to try to get laying out flat without causing it to buckle. It doesn't have to be perfectly flat just so you can use it for a pattern. Take a piece of aluminium foil (I used a piece from a coffee can); cut a rectangular piece slightly larger than the size of metal you want in the finished project. Lay this over the ribs in the flattened tin can and, with a thin stick, press the foil down into the ridges of the tin can.

With a little practice you can make a nice piece of corrugated metal roofing this way.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Snippet No.288 - Can you run a WD with a Pullman Observation Car?

by Brian Macdermott

Yes, you can. The ‘Northern Rubber Special’ of 30 September 1961 had Pullman Observation Car Sc280 on the rear. Crossing Copy Pit on the return from Blackpool to Retford, the special had a WD loco as the banker.

(Source: Coupe News, the Pullman Newsletter, November 2009)

What's on TV?
by Brian Macdermott

Thursday 4 March
Rural TV (279), 20.00-21.00. Trains and Locomotives. The Norfolk & Western.

Having Your Say...

Bell Code 2-2

I operate a large model railway with a group of friends, using block instruments between operators. We are shortly to extend block working over a section where a banking engine is in use. This means that we will want to use the additional bell code 2-2 "Engine assisting in rear". Books on block working are unclear on exactly how this bell code was used in practice. I would be grateful if anybody can clarify this for us.

Colin Fraser-Davies (New Zealand)

In no more than 200 words - Ed.

-----

Hazardous Solvents

The potential hazards of using acetone, trichloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride (note: chemical names should be lower case) and the like have already been stressed but Rod Flanagan’s warnings should not be ignored. However, the banning of such substances in schools (along with playing conkers, skipping, eating chips etc.) should not be seen as indicating that they cannot be used safely in modest quantities by sensible adults.

Whilst industrial use of chlorinated hydrocarbons may be declining, it has certainly not ceased, although now more heavily regulated for health and safety reasons. That is why ‘consumer’ purchase of such items is now more difficult, albeit not impossible. In the early 1960s, any schoolboy could buy these solvents over the counter at Boots, as I often did (and lived to tell the tale).

My concern with Steve Mann’s war-gamer link was (and still is) more that the properties of certain solvents were being misrepresented than that the sources of supply were doubtful. But, either way, the unwary may waste time and money chasing or buying something which, even if available, might not work or might damage a model. Plumbers’ cleaning solvent is more likely to be trichloroethylene than acetone, although it should be identified.

Nick Stanbury

-----

All I can say after reading some of the placards being waved of late on the subject of solvents and brake fluid is that it's no wonder so many people break the delicate bits off their locos when unpacking them. Dear God, does no-one read the advisory labels on the packaging any more? I know they are not reading what I wrote.

Gordon Bennet!

Steve Mann - NYC.

-----

Heljan Class 14 'Teddy Bear'

Well I succumbed and gave in and purchased a BR green version. It's a nice model and I successfully managed to insert the headcode details. I then turned to the chassis extras and fitted the sand boxes but, alas, I then found that I had six right hand facing brake shoes instead of three right hand and three left hand. I have contact Hattons but they have no spares as these are awaited from Heljan, so it looks like many "new moons" will pass before I can complete the model.

Just a thought, but if any MREmag reader has also made purchase and it sitting there with 6 left hand facing brake shoes perhaps they might like to contact me via the editor.

I will leave you with famous quote from Richard III - "A brake shoe, a brake shoe, my Class 14 needs three left hand brake shoes!"

You have got to have a good sense of humour with this hobby otherwise you would just cry!

John 'shoeless' Cherry

-----

Woodland Scenic's Tree Armatures

I have been trying to make up Woodland Scenic's trees using their tree armatures, Clamp Foliage and Hob-e-Tac.

I have been following the instructions on the packets and in the Woodland Scenic's manual, so far with little success. After about 20 minutes, the foliage starts to fall off and after 3 or 4 days not much foliage is left on the armatures. Any suggestions or hints would be appreciated.

Geoffrey Figgins

-----

Southern Coaching Stock Liveries

In answer to the question that was posed, the following applies to corridor main line stock:

Maunsell Livery. With minor variations from 1923, through 1937, it survived until 1940 - then surviving/deteriorating through the war. It was then maintained by patch painting and varnishing where malachite could not be justified. Probably some survivors were still in Maunsell livery post war.

Bulleid Livery. This was the experimental bright green of 1937, called Malachite. It was introduced where possible from 1940 onwards, then as much as possible from 1945, and then through 1948. It is said to have got progressively darker with time. It was maintained by patch painting and varnishing for as long as possible after 1948. Probably 50% fleet were still in malachite by the time of the introduction of BR green in 1956.

BR Carmine/Cream. This was used from 1949 onwards. All BR Mk1 coaches delivered from new were in carmine/cream. It was applied retrospectively (and begrudgingly) to Bulleid and Maunsell stock from 1949 to 1956 in absolute minimum of cases (like boat trains). Even so, some Maunsell 2 sets got repainted in carmine and cream and were seen at the Atlantic Coast end of the network. Most carmine and cream had gone by 1958 and all had gone by 1960.

BR Green. This was introduced from 1956 onwards and as expediently as possible.

This deliberately begs the question of the differences in Bulleid Green, and BR Green!

Peter Bedding

-----

Robbie McGavin's question about liveries almost defies a clear answer; the Maunsell olive livery was introduced at the Grouping in 1923, Bullied green in 1938, BR carmine and cream in 1949 and Southern Region green in 1956. But these are simply the starting points; coaches could run for many years without full repaints and Lancing carriage works were experts at touching up and re-varnishing existing liveries, prolonging their lives.

Southern sets were mostly fixed in composition, though some were re-marshalled, extended, shortened and dispersed over time if traffic patterns changed. This certainly seems to have been so for the larger sets; the smaller 2-, 3- and 4-coach sets seem to have survived intact longer and many were not changed throughout the lives of the vehicles. There certainly could be 'piebald' sets with coaches in different liveries and this could be accentuated by the addition of the many 'loose' coaches used for strengthening trains. As always, photographs are the best reference.

For a comprehensive account, including set numbers, try Mike King's An Illustrated History of Southern Coaches [OPC, 2003].

Neil Burgess

-----

I use the following dates for the changes in livery. Bear in mind that it took a long time to repaint some 7,000 carriages (and even longer when the War intervened).

From 1930: lining as Hornby's Olive green Maunsell carriages

From 1938: Bullied's Malachite green introduced, but it is estimated that 10% of carriages were still in Olive green at nationalisation.

From 1949: So-called 'Blood and Custard' adopted.

From 1956: BR(SR) green introduced.

Most carriages were kept in sets that were serviced together, so individual sets are unlikely to have had mixed liveries. However, trains often consisted of more than one set, plus loose 'strengtheners', which did result in a mix.

Mike King, in his excellent book, An Illustrated History of Southern Carriages (OPC) says that by 1956 only 60-70% of the SR stock had been painted 'Blood & Custard'. The rest was still in SR green, including some in Olive. So for 1956-7 there is an opportunity to run all four colour schemes together, but while repainting may have taken time, BR were pretty keen to add the 's' prefix and write their name on everything much earlier!

Set formations are readily available on the SEmGroup's website www.semgonline.com/coach/sets.html but I joined the Southern Railways Group www.srg.org.uk and use their data sheets, which set out the changes to sets over the years in some detail.

Chris Spencer

-----

Model Rail Scotland 2010

Model Rail Scotland, on 26-28 February, seemed better than ever, and had many superb layouts and a great selection of small and large traders with tools, electronics, lighting scenery and all things a railway modeller could want. Hornby displayed 3 different fully finished 6-wheel bogie Pullman cars, their GWR 28xx 2-8-0 and Hawksworth coaches and the LNER L1 2-6-4T unpainted but now complete with handrails, glazing and an incredibly fine and accurate ladder up the rear bunker.

Bachmann brought their LNER 04 2-8-0 heavy goods (I was told they should be in the shops a couple of months) and the JJA 'Auto-ballaster' with fine internal detail. They also had 'Presflos' on display, but they were just about the only ones at the exhibition. Tower Models had some on their stand, which had sold by around 11am on Friday. I was told Bachmann had 1,500 of each 'Presflo' made, but hardly any have reached Scotland and my own model shop has still not received any.

Dapol showed little new except the forthcoming 'Silver Bullet'. Their 'Stove R' was on the N Gauge Society stand and looks very good in a relatively matt finish. Heljan had finished versions of their Class 15 (due very soon) and the Class 86.

John Storey - Edinburgh

-----

Hawksworth Coaches

Greetings from a very wet South East Queensland.

I realise that this is not an example of "running on the rails" as Simon Kohler put it, but on page 241 in Alan Peck's wonderful book The Great Western at Swindon Works, is a beautiful photograph of corridor third number 787 in full Great Western livery. Of course, they may have repainted it before releasing it into traffic, but surely there would have been some test runs at least?

Steve Russell-Clark - Beenleigh, Queensland

-----

I thought I'd seen it somewhere and Simon Kohler may rest assured that Hawksworth coaches did indeed run in ordinary traffic in GWR livery - I have thus far delved out one very clear illustration, plus one that is about 99% certain. However, both are dated 1948 and in both cases they are behind a really good looking 'King' - so there's a further thought for you Mr K (once you've got that 54XX/64XX/74XX under your belt and on dealer's shelves, please....!).

And next, I'll have a look through the postcard collection ads; there might be another there - behind a very nice looking 'County', possibly.

Mike Romans

-----

There is a photograph by John P Wilson of Castle Class 5058 Earl of Clancarty heading the down Torbay Express on 5th June 1949, with at least two Hawksworth carriages in Great Western livery. The photograph was taken in that very famous GWR publicity location, beside the sea, between Dawlish and Teignmouth.

Ian Allan published the photograph in their Locomotives Illustrated series, in the book version Great Western 4-6-0s the picture is in Chapter 2 ‘The Castles’. Whilst the photograph is black and white, it can clearly be seen that the first two carriages behind the locomotive are of the Hawksworth design with that unmistakable roof profile. They have twin stripes and Great Western branding in capitals and a crest between the words.

The first carriage behind the locomotive is a corridor brake third whilst the second is a corridor carriage but I cannot identify which class. Incidentally, both Hawksworth carriages have train name boards and the name is clear on the first carriage as being the 'Torbay Express', the locomotive is in GW crest livery with a BR smokebox number plate in true transition style.

Tudor Thomas

-----

You are probably being bombarded by now with references of Hawksworth coaches in service in Great Western livery. I have found a good clear photo on page 85 of The Western Since 1948. It shows Star Class 4-6-0, number 4060 in BR early crest livery but with the full train behind in GWR livery, the first coach, obviously a Hawksworth design, looks like a corridor composite but I stand to be corrected.

I think Simon Kohler may regret his words last Monday.

Steve Russell-Clark - Beenleigh, Queensland

I feel sure Hornby will be delighted if it is established that the coaches ran in GWR livery, as it offers them another livery in which to produce them. With so many people worrying about authenticity today, it is natural to want to have the facts correct - Ed.

-----

Hornby Decoders with Dapol Track Cleaner

I have used my Dapol track cleaner with a Hornby decoder (R8249), operating with a Bachmann Dynamis system for over a year. I've not had any huge problems as a result. Even with the speed up for a prolonged period there are no major problems to report - just a nice clean track!

I hope this helps

Steven Ho

-----

ZTC Decoders

My understanding was that ZTC decoders were just rebadged Digitrax decoders. I have also heard it said, but never done it myself, that if you removed the ZTC label there was a Digitrax one underneath. In principle, therefore, ZTC decoders should be as good as Digitrax ones, that have a solid reputation. Regrettably, it was the UK made bits of the ZTC system that often proved problematical.

Brian Martin

-----

Magazines at Glasgow

The model rail press was out in force at Model Rail Scotland, at Glasgow. Hornby Magazine (or was it Model Rail?) displayed a delightful small station building, commissioned from Hornby, in a light brick with wonderful painting: it will be available through the magazine. I'm sure it will sell just because it is such a lovely model. It sounds as if they are proceeding with their 00 'Stove R' project, but have not yet got to the point where pre-production samples have been made. On the British Railway Modeller stand, Tony Wright had copies of his new and excellent book - I say that having purchased a copy and subsequently enjoyed his many photographs of locomotives and layouts over the years. Model Rail and Railway Modeller also made the journey north.

John Storey - Edinburgh

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

  

Monday 1.3.10

2010 British Model Railway Wish List Poll

Time to have your say!

British model railway magazines are once again combining their efforts to produce the largest ever survey of buyers 'wants'. It covers 0, 00 and N gauge and uses software developed by GPP Software. There is a separate poll for each of the three most popular scales and voting is completely free. To vote, you will need to raise the voting slips using the addresses below.

This is your chance to say what you want manufacturers to make.

Voting is taking place 1st - 31st March and you each have 10 votes to place and may cast them as you like. You could put them all in one section or spread them over locomotives, wagons, coaches and lineside accessories.

When you have chosen up to 10 items from the lists provided, click the 'Submit Vote' button and exit. Once you have voted, you won't be able to go back in and change it or add something, so think about what you want before you go online.

The voting slips are at the following addresses. Choose your scale and go and vote:

For N gauge: http://www.gppsoftware.com/MREMAG/2mmPoll2010.aspx

For 00 scale: http://www.gppsoftware.com/MREMAG/4mmPoll2010.aspx

For 0 gauge: http://www.gppsoftware.com/MREMAG/7mmPoll2010.aspx

New Date for Maidenhead Show

I have been advised that Marlow Maidenhead & District MRC have rearranged their postponed January show for 5th June 2010. It will be at the originally planned venue - Cox Green Community Centre, Maidenhead. SL6 3AX

March Continental Modeller

We have received a copy of Continental Modeller and while we do not usually cover overseas railways within MREmag, some of the articles may interest readers.

The Railway of the Month is 'Bierdorf', a quarry theme and practical articles include creating dilapidated buildings, a model dockyard and scratch-building freight cars.

March Model Rail

The editorial by Ben Jones makes particularly interesting reading. It follows a visit to the Nuremberg Toy Fair and asks where our model manufacturers will go next in an effort to keep up with their European rivals.

Reviews include the Heljan/Hattons Class 14 diesel, the first Mathieson N gauge coal wagons, Dapol's N gauge 8-plank wagons, Hornby's sound fitted Class 50, Kernow's St Ives Bay N gauge Class 153 and 00 gauge Class 20 'weedkillers', Farish MBA, Tower 0 gauge J39, Bachmann Scenecraft signal box, Heljan Victorian station lamps, Dapol N gauge Virgin DVT and DOGA 'Warflat' kit. There is also an interview with Neil Kinison of ZTC and a testing of various model varnishes on the market.

Layouts included this month include Nevile Reid's 00 'Grubbe Street', Giles Favell's 'The Loop' and Ian Clark's P4 'Rockingham'. The Masterplan this month is narrow gauge 'Port Penorwic' and a reality feature looks at various narrow gauge railways in Britain. Another reality article is on Great Central expresses in BR days.

Construction articles include brass chassis construction for beginners, building a 21 ton mineral wagon, fitting lights to a Class 20, looking at narrow gauge modelling, building better scenery, building an N gauge 'Autoballaster' and painting an 00 Class 67 in DB Schenker livery.

AbRail 2010 this Saturday

Abingdon and District Model Railway Club will be holding their annual exhibition on Saturday (6th March) at the White Horse Leisure and Tennis Centre, Audlett Drive, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 3PJ. The opening times will be: 10.00 until 5.00pm and entry prices are to be: adults £6, concessions £4, children £3 and families £14.

The exhibition will feature 32 layouts as well as trade and society stands. There will also be demonstrations, refreshments, free parking and disabled access.

For further information go to www.ukmodelshops.co.uk or phone 01235 530574

Rainhill MRC - 'Model Rail 2010'

This exhibition will take place this coming Saturday (6th March), from 10am to 5pm, and Sunday (7th March), from 10am to 4.30pm, at Rainhill Village Hall, Weaver Avenue, Rainhill, Merseyside L35 4LU. The admission prices will be: adults £3.50, concessions £2.50, families (2+2) £9.50

The following 14 layouts are scheduled to appear: Tramway & Light Railway Society's 'Thorne Yard' (00/DCC), 'Grange over Sands' (N), 'Oak Ridge Canyon' (H0n30), 'Whitham Town' (00), 'Ferrocarill Internacional' (0n30), 'Skate End' (009), 'Dienw' (009), 'New Bridge Junction' (N), 'Bonnington Goods' (00 finescale), 'Shallowford Park' (00 finescale), 'Clairmont Yard' (00), a Hornby Dublo layout (00) and 'St Mary Meade' (00).

The following trade stands have been confirmed: World of Motion, PL Models, JD Models, Todmorden Model Supplies, Railbus, Geoscenics, Warrington Totems, GW Society, club shop and member's competition stand. There will also be three 'show you how' demonstrators and a raffle to win a one-off original (different) framed railway print each day. There will also be a full refreshment service and the venue provides full disabled access to all areas.

Further details can be found on www.rainhillmrc.org.uk or by contacting Brian Davis on 01925 226266 (brian@andertondavis.fsnet.co.uk).

Was it You?

Several weeks ago, one MREmag reader said that he wanted one of the Heljan models of Falcon but was not prepared to pay Ebay prices for it. I have been asked to find that person as one of the models, in original condition, is available to buy at the original price of £130 (plus p&p). If it was you, please contact me and I will put you in touch with the owner - Ed.

Response from Hornby

Regarding points made, and questions asked, last week, I have received the following communication:

I have read a couple of things this morning on your site that I feel may require answering.

Hawksworth coaches: As far as we are aware the Hawksworth coaches only ran on the rails in BR colours. Of course, if there is evidence that they ran in GWR colours please let us know and I am sure, in time, we can oblige. Concerning those on the SVR – now there is a thought!!

R8249 Decoder: The Hornby decoder is rated at ½ amp for normal running and can handle peaks of up to 1 amp.

I shall be seeing my friends at Dapol this weekend at Glasgow and I will see if I can obtain one of their excellent track cleaning units so that we can run some tests.

Kindest regards

Simon Kohler

Hints & Tips No.224

Making Propane (LPG) Tanks

By Harvey McRae (BC, Canada)

I have saved the gelatin capsule from some of my vitamins. Depending on the size, they can be little propane tanks or many other little items such as welding bottles.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Having Your Say...

Preservation

Upon reading a beautifully illustrated magazine on British railway preservation, I was again reminded of the magnificent work achieved by volunteers to keep living examples of rail transport for the inspiration and benefit of all of us.

It then occurred to me that the one thing in common that members of all branches of this hobby have is that we are all preservationists. As modellers, we may be preserving memories of steam days, perhaps even at a certain location, though of course it is just as legitimate to be providing an historical record of a time long before any of us were born - or recreating the railways of today! If we are happily freelancing in relation to prototype, this is still legitimately preserving a fleet of working models which we enjoy and which others can learn from. If we are collectors who keep our stock in cabinets, we are still very legitimately preserving railway models as faithful replicas for future generations, and if we write about railways we are leaving a heritage of both history and memories.

It is a reminder that the love of railways we all share should always overcome personal differences.

Richard Whitmore - Australia

-----

A Personal Loss

I'm sorry I'm so late sending my sincere condolences to Robbie McGavin on the loss of his father.

Quite apart from the personal loss, Tom McGavin appears to have been quite a personage in the NZ railway scene over the years. I'm sure his loss will be felt by the NZ modelling community and his friends and former colleagues alike.

Steve Mann - NYC

-----

Paint Stripping

Anyone looking for paint stripper to use on plastic 'ready to run' models should try Phoenix Precision Paints SuperStrip. Their website is at:
http://www.phoenix-paints.co.uk/superstrip.asp I have used this on Hornby trains and RC cars with great success

Olly Chapman

-----

I never thought that I would be the one who played the Health and Safety card, but I am.

Having spent all my working life with chemicals, I am horrified that anyone would want to get hold of Acetone in any quantity whatsoever. It is highly flammable, and readily forms explosive mixtures with air. There are indications that it is harmful by inhalation, ingestion and skin absorption. It is certainly an irritant. and can cause permanent eye damage leading to blindness, so always wear goggles. There are thoughts that prolonged exposure can cause liver damage. Contact with aluminium, magnesium and any of their respective alloys should be avoided. I would not trust it with any thermoplastics, polystyrene etc..

While I’m on the subject, Trichlorethylene, Carbon Tetrachloride and Chloroform were banned from schools in about 1990. I thought that their manufacture was being phased out. They are all ‘Harmful’, ‘Toxic’, ‘Dangerous to the Environment,’ and probable carcinogenic and/or mutagenic.

(164 words)

Rod Flanagan

-----

S&DJR 7F

Re: David Robinson's letter (24 February) about kits for the above designed to fit on an 8F chassis, isn't the wheel spacing of the S&DJR 7F completely different to that of the 8F?

Peter Bush

-----

Scottish Locomotives

The Scottish Locomotives poll on the RMweb site has proved a great success and produced a surprising and quite heartening unanimity. To date, a total of 81 participants, armed with three votes apiece, on a wide slate of popular locomotives, ranging from the McIntosh 439 Standard Tank to Glens and Dunalastairs, overwhelming voted for the 438 (50), J36 (47), and Caledonian Jumbo (45), with the rest effectively coming nowhere.

The reasons given both during the poll and the earlier discussion which produced the short-list was that notwithstanding the glamour of the Glen or the Dunalastair, modellers really wanted working locomotives and, in particular, 0-6-0 tender locomotives – a sentiment much shared by modellers from other regions.

With the annual wish-list poll rapidly approaching a focus by Scottish modellers on these three favourites may hopefully prove beneficial.

Stuart Reid

-----

Advice

Nick Stanbury is once again confused by my poor composition skills. I wasn't suggesting either that the linked forum didn't have as many, if not more daft, unworkable ideas as this one does at times, nor that he should slavishly follow each and every one of them in a fruitless quest to score solvents he doesn't want. I was trying to point out that there certainly are places in the UK where a responsible adult might attempt to buy a couple of pints of Acetone over the counter and expect success, and that others had done so and been kind enough to tell others where they'd done it. The plumber's supply seemed to be the most likely to me.

I regret the confusion cause by my lack of precision in my writing.

I do think, however, until someone actually goes into one of the places where it is suggested realistic amounts of the solvent might be purchased according to the linked authority, people should perhaps refrain from commenting on the practicality of doing so.

Steve Mann - NYC

-----

Converting to DCC

I have read a number of responses to queries about converting existing DC layouts to DCC. Some answers could frighten anyone off from doing so. Anyone thinking of converting should read my article about changing my own complex layout to DCC, fitting the loco decoders to a variety of locos and featured in October & November 2008 issues of Model Rail. There is also a correction to the size of wire used, in the letters section of the January 2009 issue.

My 00 gauge layout 'Crewlisle' (latest outing was at the 2009 at the NEC), is on three levels, has double track continuous main line (with overhead catenary), a reversing loop, a 4 platform terminus, steam and diesel sheds and there is a cartridge exchange system instead of a fiddle yard. All track and pointwork is in Peco Code 100, with an electronic reversing loop module. The 30 points are live frog, as bought, with no additional wiring and the only polarity change switch is for the live diamond.

All 42 locos are fitted with the cheap Hornby R8249, ZTC 4007 or Bachmann 36-552 or 553 decoders and 9 locos have sound decoders. I have had no problems with either the decoders or shorts at points due to metal wheels.

Peter Goodman

-----

SR and BR Carriage Livery Overlap

Could some kind contributor please advise this (currently) SR-BR modeller when Maunsell olive green, Bullied SR green, BR blood-and-custard and BR green liveries began, finished, and overlapped?

With so many superb models of both locomotives and carriages for 1930 to 1968 now readily available, I want to know what I can 'get away with' in film and photo!

As I understand it, most carriage stock was run in sets, and I wonder how strict this was, and whether I can reasonably mix some blood-and-custard with, say, Bulleid SR green for trains based on a 1950-55 setting, and whether olive green lasted at all after the war.

Robbie McGavin - NZ

-----

ZTC Decoders

With regards to Alan Butcher's comments on the ZTC 2005 decoder, I purchased 6 of these decoders before ZTC's demise. Three of these have failed, one immediately on purchase, so I managed to get a refund, but unfortunately the other two are lost, Not a good advert in my opinion for this make of decoder. However, I have found the TCS dp2x-uk faultless (same type of no wires decoder) with the added bonus of a 12 month 'no questions asked' guarantee if needed. When ordering make sure you order the UK type.

John Bardsley

-----

Building Templates

Picked up this link on Twitter: http://www.ltmuseum.org/learning/downloads/documents/ltm_family_activity_buildings.pdf

It’s a set of paper building templates. Mainly aimed at kids but might be a good starting point for adult modellers.

Dave Poynter

-----

Hawksworth Carriages

In the film 'The Titfield Thunderbolt', there is in the final sequence a shot of the branch train running down to the main line at Limpley Stoke, where another train comes past. Is at least one of the first two coaches not a Hawksworth, in colour, and much weathered chocolate and cream, at that? Doubtless the GWR insignia have been removed, so one could wriggle out of calling the livery that of the GWR, but it does suggest that Swindon colours were in use to a limited extent, even as late as Summer 1952, when filming took place.

One could look at black and white pictures of these coaches of the period for the characteristic double waist linings that distinguish post-war GWR livery.

Richard Coy

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

Wednesday 24.2.10

Ilkeston (Woodside) MRC Show

The Ilkeston (Woodside) MRC eighth annual show is being held this Sunday (28th February) at Trowell Parish Hall, near Ilkeston, Derbyshire. The postcode is NG9 3QA. The show will be signposted from M1 junctions 25 and 26 and from Ilkeston town centre.

There will be 12 layouts, good trade support, the event's legendary cafe, free
parking, access for disabled and friendly staff. Admission is from 10am and the show closes at 4 30pm. Prices are unchanged from previous years at: adults £2.50, children and senior citizens £1.50, families (2+2) £5.50 and under 5s free.

The contact for further information is Pete Abbott on 01773 712648.

Chapel-en-le-frith Exhibition

Weather permitting (this is the Peak District!), there is a model railway show is this coming weekend at Chapel-en-le-frith High School, Long Lane, Chapel, SK23 0TQ. The opening times are from 10am till 5pm both days.

Admission prices will be: £4 for adults, £2.50 for children and concessions and £10 for a family of 2+2.

23 layouts in most gauges are expected and for further information about these, see www.nmdrm.co.uk . .

Hints & Tips No.223 Operating Barchester - Part 3

by Bob Heath Barchester (Spain)

To describe an example card, there are several lines of instructions. I have the first line showing a departure from my platform 5.

The second line shows the train makeup, e.g. a Class 20 with 3 suburban coaches. A quick glance at platform 5 shows us that the correct train is indeed where it should be, so we can carry on.

A third line on the card tells us to set the route which is Barchester to South Bridge (F6), the (F6) tells the operator that South Bridge is fiddle yard road 6. The operator then activates the section switch for platform 5 and operates the various points, as per the control panel layout, for the road to F6. On all departures, without exception, route selection must ensure that all fiddle yard switches are in the off position before moving the train.

The next line on my card indicates the regulator (speed) setting as a percentage. This is the maximum speed for that particular locomotive, as all behave differently at the same speed setting. The traffic movement line is when the movement takes place. The following two lines indicate the speed and switch positions as soon as the locomotive comes to rest. This is the same in all cases, speed controller zero and all electrical switches are in the 'off' position

Lastly, there are the Information lines where relevant information to the trains movement is recorded. Like everything else, when it is a hobby, it is possible that there may be a slight change to these cards when the final version is printed.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

What's on TV?
by Brian Macdermott

Thursday 25 February
Rural TV (279), 20.00-21.00. Trains and Locomotives. Steam and diesel on the Nickel Plate Road.

Sunday 28 February
BBC4, 20.00-21.00 (note, one hour earlier than previous shows). Indian Hill Railways. The railway at Shimla.

Having Your Say...

Firstly, may I thank all those who sent emails ('not for publication') supporting the revisions to the format of contributions to MREmag. So far, only one has expressed concern about the 200 word limit but, if it means we can keep MREmag going, I hope it is worth the sacrifice and won't put-off too many people. Think of it as being good training in being precise - Ed.

The Future of MREmag

Pat’s comments about the future of the magazine are understood and appreciated. Just in case there are any more idiots out there like me, I recall the time when I was ‘chastised’ for exceeding 400 (now 200). This led me to ask Pat if he counted all the submissions. He replied that he used the word counter. Now, as someone who had Lotus Wordpro on his first computer and who has used it ever since, I thought he must know something I don’t. Wordpro, as far as I can see, does not have a word counter, but I have found that Microsoft Word does. I now use the latter and it has made my life easier. I have no experience of any other word processors and trust this will not be regarded as advertising.

I also appreciate that Pat has a living to make. I wonder if he might think it worthwhile to compile and publish a book from the hints and tips that have been posted here as I have found many of them valuable and useful. Copyright problems?

Merv Rogers

I can assure you that Wordpro does have a word counter (and even a letter counter) and many more editing aids. You will find them in the Edit menu - then click on Proofing Tools. I use Lotus Wordpro as I find it far more user-friendly than Word and it quickly converts to Word for posting to other people. I also have Word on my PC and have tried working in it on several occasions, but I find it both cumbersome and inflexible. However, we don't all want the same thing from our computers - Ed.

-----

I am so glad that you have decided to continue to make this available to us. I don't think I am alone in finding it a mature, sensible, balanced and very useful forum. Almost invariably, the modelling suggestions, tips and solutions are totally practical and correct. I am a member of other forums where ridicule, vitriol, irrelevance and triviality can be found all too easily!

The guidelines should be read by all potential contributors and reread often! Throughout my career as a science teacher, I was at pains to encourage accurate spelling, good grammar and clarity - three tools which are essential for the efficient sharing of information.

Long may MREmag remain in your very capable hands and readily accessible to its enthusiastic readership!

Richard Hompstead (who can't do a word count in an e-mail!)

Nor can I - Ed.

-----

Hawksworth Coaches

With reference to the discussion on the liveries for the Hawksworth coaches, there are official pictures of two Hawksworth coaches in Great Western livery on page 260 of JH Russel’s Pictorial Record of Great Western Coaches. That, surely, is enough justification for them?

If I had a layout to put them on, I’d want Great Western livery and a Gas Turbine to pull them – preferably green. I’d love to know what plans the Great Western had for the liveries of the gas turbines. Does anyone have an original colour (rather than the black and white reproductions reprinted in The Great Western Railway’s Last Look Forward) copy of Next Station?

Chris Lyddon

-----

Pete Williams rightly points to the Hawksworth coaches pictured in Jim Russell’s work on Great Western Coaches (Part Two) at pages 260 and 262. The interesting thing for me, whilst I cannot speak with any authority, is the fact that they are clearly ‘official’ shots as stated, taken on the carriage works’ traverser. I doubt very much that they entered general service as shown.

One has a crest (only), one has ‘Great Western’ (only) and the third coach has the crest between the words ‘Great Western’. No doubt these were put on the coaches for ‘publicity’ purposes as they were not being taken for the management to decide which combination to use in 1948.

Whatever the position, there clearly is no general usage of these coaches in GWR livery so they remain a BR option for modellers and do not give the GW guys a new opportunity to run trains of Hawksworth’s on their railways.

John Phillipson

-----

I am really pleased that Hornby have included these in their 2010 programme. But unfortunately as I model the preserved Severn Valley Railway, I shall have to wait until GWR livery versions are produced (please?) so that I can run an authentic train. Any BR liveried pre-nationalisation design coaches are of no use to me!

It is interesting that in the heritage world it seems that pre-nationalisation rolling stock is always restored in its earliest livery. The same is not true of locomotives however!

Malcolm Yates

-----

To amplify Pete Williams' point about Hawksworth coaches (Monday 22nd February), Michael Harris's book Great Western Coaches from 1890 (David & Charles, 1985) indicates that delivery of the new vehicles was slow and only 50 had been added to stock by mid-1947.

However, there is a photograph of corridor brake composite W7383, built in 1948, in two-colour livery with double waist lining - suggesting it is in chocolate and cream livery. Since the BR carmine and cream livery didn't come into use until 1949, there is a good chance that a lot of Hawksworth corridor stock appeared in chocolate and cream, even if a fair number of vehicles carried the BR 'W' prefix to the number - but not the suffix until the Mk1 stock appeared - and would probably have been running in this condition until around 1951-53.

Neil Burgess

-----

Rolling Stock for City of Truro

Neil Burgess (Monday, 22 February) overlooks the fact that the Bachmann model has No.3440 on the front buffer beam – which to the best of my knowledge it never carried during its two previous stints on the main line (1957 & 1985), effectively meaning that no carriages are suitable.

There is photographic evidence showing the ‘Cities’ had buffer beam numbers with 34xx & 37xx numbering, including one of 3436 City of Chester with a front buffer beam number, c1904, in which the ‘ornate’ tender lining can be made out. (Page 17 City of Truro – Locomotive Legend – Silver Link).

However, if we disregard this point, City of Truro spent 9th May 2004 on the Torbay & Dartmouth Railway and may have hauled a train including the Pullman observation car during its visit, justifying it hauling the Hornby model (the observation coach was in service on 8th May). Additionally, since 1985, it can legitimately haul GWR preserved stock on the Severn Valley, and possibly other railways.

Ian Breeden

-----

'Presflos'

With the excellent 'Presflo' wagons from Bachmann, I have, like all good modellers, been wondering what other varieties could be produced, and a few new versions come to mind readily.

On plain BR Bauxite, we have PRESFLO CEMENT (two lines) PRESFLO ALUMINA (two lines), or plain ALUMINA. Others include SLATE POWDER (two lines) and more esoterically DELAFILLA, which was used on a small batch of wagons transporting very finely ground slate powder from Delabole on the BR(SR) Padstow line. One use of this product was in the manufacture of 78 rpm gramophone records!

There is the original APCM yellow livery, but this was soon replaced by the grey livery. Incidentally, one of the APCM wagons has been fully restored in the yellow livery, complete with side boards, on the Mid-Hants Railway. Lastly, there is one of my favourites - the ICI Salt version in the lovely ICI Mond green livery. Please Mr Bachmann, please!

Ian David Smith

In addition to the 22 pictures of inscription variations in David Larkin's books, which I mentioned on Friday, there is an excellent article on 'Presflos' in the current issue of Rail Express Modeller (centre pages of Rail Express magazine). This five page feature by Trevor Mann contains no fewer than twelve well captioned photographs showing different inscriptions - and they are all in colour! There are also scale drawings of a BR version. In one of the photographs the main inscription carried is 'Oil Well Cement Only', a version I have not seen illustrated before. There is also a table showing all the batches of these 'Presflos' built, the builders, dates and running numbers - Ed.

-----

R8249 Decoder

Just a brief note to Stephen Nicholson to inform him that the R8249 decoder does not come ready insulated, however it does have a small charcoal coloured sleeve in the pack for insulating purposes.

Andrew Carter

-----

Has anyone experienced problems using the Hornby R8249 locomotive decoder with the Dapol B800 motorised track cleaner? My example worked erratically at first and has now died. It refused to work when hitched to a towing locomotive. I wonder if the R8249 is up to the job.

Dapol could not tell me the power rating of the unit.

Nick Mills

-----

Converting to DCC

Further to the published responses to Chris Martin’s request for advice on converting to DCC (on 17/02/2010) I would add the following for his Q4 and Q5. I have found Nigel Burkin’s book Digital Command Control for Model Railways useful and his chapter on wiring the layout contains advice on how to modify Peco live frog points for use with DCC. As Chris suspected, this may well be the cause of his shorting problems.

I have assisted a friend to do what Chris is undertaking. No doubt Chris’s layout is sectioned electrically as was my friends. We merely removed the DC controllers and wired in the DCC replacements and then switched on all of the sections. We thought we might have to modify some wiring if problems were found but there have been none. The section switches have proved useful in tracing elusive short circuits.

Finally, in respect of locomotive decoders, you only get what you pay for but you can pay too much if you don’t need lots of functions. There is much advice on fitting decoders, but less explicit advice about setting CVs and individual decoder performance. Persevere and you will learn much from experience.

Merv Rogers

-----

Paint Stripping

The further notes from Steve Mann and Jim Flanagan about sources of ‘paint stripping’ solvents are helpful but do need to be taken in context. In relation to acetone, I said previously that it "… will be very difficult to obtain in sensible quantities in the UK unless one has direct access to an industrial source." That remains the case (although perhaps ‘a trade supplier’ would have been the better term) and the various sources now suggested are all worth trying. Yes, it is fairly easy to buy acetone over the counter in very small quantities, but the cost is quite prohibitive for the uses we have in mind. In my experience, few dispensing chemists are willing to supply ‘dangerous’ substances these days, almost regardless of one’s credentials – but you might be lucky.

Some of the war-gamers’ suggestions in Steve’s link are incorrect and will lead to problems. Nail varnish remover is a cocktail of solvents, sometimes including acetone, and is ridiculously expensive. It will quite likely attack polystyrene – as certainly will nail varnish, cellulose thinners or anything else that smells of pear-drops (amyl acetate). Ditto trichloroethylene, used by plumbers etc. for degreasing. And acetone may likewise prove fatal to the cellulose acetate used for some early mouldings, e.g. by Rovex.

Nick Stanbury

-----

Class 14

Firstly I would like to say that your new 'rules of engagement' for e-mails are exactly what are needed!

My March Model Rail arrived today and I was keen to see what they thought of the Class 14 because I have been disappointed with mine. Much to my surprise they gave it 92% for performance and say that it's worth £115! I disagree - my first Class 14 had to go straight back to Hattons because of diabolical performance. Its replacement seemed OK until I added the brake mouldings, then all hell broke loose! The dummy drive shaft is so loose that the cams fouled the brakes mouldings and the resulting force on the couplings rods pushed the wheelset under the short bonnet out because the keeper plate under it is completely loose. After several hours of fiddling and fettling, I have a model that runs reasonably well, but I would not like to be the driver - it still yaws like mad. I will give a prolonged run in to see if things improve.

Nevertheless the model does look good!

Bob Kimber

-----

DCC Sound Alternative

Prior to Xmas, I stumbled across the website www.mylocosound.com , a company who are manufacturing a simple sound system for locos in a variety of scales. I have no affiliation to the company in question but thought it may be of benefit to the readership of MREmag as potentially it offers a lower cost alternative to the current market leaders sound chips, albeit with a little less strict adherence to prototype / controllability.

I am glad you have decided to continue with the online magazine - I always look forward to reading it.

Christopher Reynolds

-----

'DCCing' your Teddy Bear

Although I do not have one of the plug and play ZTC single-sided, no lead
attached chips to hand (were they ZTC2005?) I think it might just fit in the
hole provided, unless of course the pins go the wrong way. The chip fits
within the boiler my Hornby M7.

ZTC is re-launching so they may be available once again, but as yet there is no information on the website.

Alan Butcher

-----

Pleasurable Track Cleaning

In the December issue of the Railway Modeller, Mr. DereK Gelsthorpe, the creator of the delightful Rowthorne, stated that he uses a block of wood to clean his track. Over the festive period I tried this method with a few pieces of softwood and found that it works quite well. The softer the timber the better the result. I used off cuts of 2 x 1 inches ( or 47 x 23 mm. if you operate in DCC ) and you can of course cut the wood to whatever size suits you and your layout. This is a very useful technique and quite inexpensive.

Over the Christmas period I noticed a build up of wine bottle corks an, following on from the above example, I tried a few experiments with these corks for track cleaning. Success! - real cork 'corks' are very good at this task, the synthetic ones not so.

I find that one cork will last very well over a normal running session, but an extended session may well require two corks. I prefer this later method for the obvious benefits that accrue form the purchase of quantities of wine. I find that red wine corks are best, particularly Shiraz! I do believe that my wife is now taking a keener interest in our wonderful hobby.

Please carry out your track cleaning responsibly.

John Boden

Wow! That gives me a good reason to get back into railway modelling again. You say red is better than white? Good! I prefer red - Ed.

-----

Dummy DC Kits Cravens Units

Just a line to thank John Wass for his kind reply of 17.2.10.

Tom Burns, NJ

-----

S&DJR 7F

Aficionados of the S&D may not have noticed that Golden Arrow have reintroduced their large boilered 7F resin kit. It requires a tender and a simple adjustment to the cylinders of a Hornby 8F. Dean Sidings have also produced a 7F, small boilered with a plain boiler saddle, and a tender kit with wheels. The butchering to a donor Hornby 8F chassis looks much more drastic. The tender is of the cab variety, a type abandoned in 1924, so modellers wanting a later version, who have given up on a RTR one being produced, would need a tender top from a spares supplier like East Kent Models. I have no connection with the companies mentioned, except gratitude that they exist!

David Robinson (O level English Language 1965)

Interesting, I got mine around the same time (O Level, that is) - Ed.

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Monday 22.2.10

Just 1 Week to Go!

It's winter wonderland once again here on the Yorkshire Coast, but March is just around the corner and, with it, there generally blows in a change in the weather.

March next week! Yes, there is just one week to go before 'Wish List' voting begins. Have you had a look at the voting cards (addresses at the bottom of this page) and prepared your list of ten items that you want manufacturers to make next? Don't forget to give some thought to the 'commercial viability locomotive survey' (found in the MREmag 'Articles' section) that Brian Macdermott carried out, with your help, before Christmas. Be ready! The time to vote is fast approaching.

And, this year you are being joined by readers of even more magazines than last year. At least 8 magazines are promoting the Wish List Poll this year.

Model Rail Scotland

Another great model railway show is upon us at the weekend. Yes, Model Rail Scotland is here again and brings an opportunity for those in the north to enjoy some superb layouts and do some face to face buying. It is at The Scottish Exhibition Centre, Glasgow between Friday the 26th and Sunday the 28th of February.

March Hornby Magazine

The magazine gives us the first review of the Heljan 00 Class 14 diesel, commissioned by Hattons of Liverpool. I am not telling you what it says - you will have to buy the magazine, but it includes an article on the real locomotives. Also reviewed are an 0 gauge 2-BIL by Electrifyingtrains, with good internal and external detail, the Farish revised Class 47s and MBA 'Megabox', Dapol's N gauge Virgin Charter 'book set' and St Ives Bay Class 153, TMC weathered minerals, Heljan's latest 00 Class 33, Bachmann's 4-CEP and grubby 08, the SECR H Class from OO Works, the Hattons by Bachmann Merseyrail Class 150/2 and the Kernow by Bachmann weed killer Class 20 pair.

The first layout visited is by Scarborough & District Railway Modellers, a club I co-founded with David Hall 'way back when', but have lost touch with in recent years. The attractive layout is N gauge 'Scarworth Junction' which is on tour this year. The next layout visited is Stuart Price's N gauge 'Foxfield Tunnel' - a skillfully landscaped winter scene. The most attractive of this month's layouts for me is the P4 'Clarendon' which is a rather over-tidy 1908 LNWR scene and quite mouth-watering. Then there is the scenically grand 00 'Broad Sidlinch' S&DJR layout at the North Norfolk Railway.

Practical articles include making streams, building points, easy uncoupling and the trackplan is Thorp Arch - an unusual circular layout.

There is an interview with Chris Trerise of Kernow Model Rail Centre about the 00 scale Beattie tank. There is also a feature article on the 1948 locomotive exchanges and the building of a model of City of Bradford. Another article looks at the East Coast in transition from steam to diesel.

Hints & Tips No.222 - Operating Barchester Part 2

by Bob Heath - Barchester (Spain)

The first job of the day is to place all the rolling stock I want to use on the various main, branch and fiddle yard roads. The day then starts with a main line arrival to the only vacant platform.

From then on, it is a case of moving things around as each road becomes vacant, whilst bearing in mind that eventually there will be a timetable, so all movements have to make some kind of sense.

In planning, many false starts were made, with departures finding that they had nowhere to depart to and arrivals having to wait in line. After hours of operating, loads of scrap paper and innumerable cups of coffee, a rough system was worked out. The movements that had been generated were then transferred onto separate filing cards a sample of which you can see on my website.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Having Your Say...

Moving to DCC

I should like to express my thanks to Andrew Carter, Pete Williams, Keith Montgomery and Brian Lambert for their answers to my questions. They were all helpful and in the simple one word or sentence format that I requested, Hopefully I can progress in DCC now.

Chris Martin

-----

Great Western Coaches

Quentin Lewis mentions coaches suitable for the Bachmann City of Truro, but the answer may be simpler than he suggests.

Since the engine never ran in GWR days in the condition represented in the model - i.e. coned boiler, top feed, reinforced horns and full Dean livery - it wouldn't be accurate with any pre-nationalisation coaches. The model represents the engine as a preserved 'runner', i.e. in the condition to which it was returned to traffic in the late 1950s and as it now is after release from the old Swindon museum. Appropriate coaching stock is therefore BR Western Region sets, including Hawksworth and Collett coaches in carmine and cream, along with the 57 varieties of livery applied to BR mark 1 stock over the years. Given that its wanderings took it to Scotland on at least one occasion, Gresley LNER and even possibly pre-grouping Scottish companies' stock might be in order.

Neil Burgess

-----

Hawksworth Coaches

Following the difference of opinion as to whether Hawksworth stock ran in GWR livery, there are three pictures in The Pictorial Record of Great Western Coaches by Jim Russell on pages 260 and 262 of Hawksworth stock in GWR livery with "Great Western" on the coach sides.

Pete Williams

-----

The (mis)Use of Chemicals

Nick Stanbury raises in interesting point about availability of materials, so I did five minutes worth of research using good-ole Google.

According to postings in this forum, made as recently as August 2009, acetone is widely available in the UK, from a variety of sources, to the walk-in customer.

Interestingly, I often send my wargaming pals to model railway stores and sources for advice and materials, but this is the first time I've explicitly given the complementary advice.

Meths, known outside the UK as denatured alcohol, is a good solvent, but I've found it more use for running my Mammod traction engine than getting the glue out of old metal kits. It hasn't been aggressive enough in my experiments (but your mileage will of course vary). I never used it on point, as I feared for the plastic dissolving and I already had brake fluid working for me.

Acetone poses a tad more risk, explosion and fire wise, as meths does and, of course, requires the proper respect in handling. I'm sorry if there was any confusion; I had previously assumed that anyone wanting to try it for themselves would know not to use the stuff near a blazing hearth while smoking and using a blow-lamp. (grinning at that image).

Rules of thumb for any organic liquid are: if you can smell it, it's evaporating. The stronger the smell, the more vapour is likely present.

Corollary: all organic vapours and colloidal dust suspensions are flammable and/or explosive if confined. The web should be awash in accounts of coal bunker, oil tank and sugar silo explosions to illustrate the point, but I'll leave that research as an exercise for the reader. After all, your keyboards are no further from your fingertips than my keyboard is from mine.

Jim Flanagan has concerns with brake fluid preventing paint sticking to the piece afterwards and in 'etching'.

All I can say is that in an actual, real experiment, with actual, real plastic components painted with Polly-S 'Railroad Color' spray enamel paint that had totally resisted every commercial paint stripper and a number of 'Internet favourites', the paint floated off in about 12 hours of immersion. The piece, an injection-moulded styrene wargaming figure, was unharmed after two full weeks in the jar. I deliberately left the piece in the jar to see if and when it would dissolve, as I had been warned it would. After two weeks I called it a day.

Steve Mann

-----

While I heartily agree with Nick Stanbury about the unpleasant and potentially dangerous nature of acetone, a good chemists shop may be able to obtain it for you. An art student friend of mine wanted several litres for a project, the local chemist would supply him once he had convinced them what it was to be used for. Mind you, I don’t think I would like to have that much lying around the place.

However, I have been informed that acetone is, or was, an ingredient of nail polish remover. According to the bottle on the current Mrs Flanagan’s dressing table it is "Acetone free" . I have yet to test it as a stripper of paint on a model but I can confirm that it works wonders on the bizarre coloured lacquers that her Ladyship smears all over her nails and the varnish on the bedside table.

Neat antifreeze seems to be quite a good paint remover (just spill some on the car and wait a few hours). Most modern cars and vans use a lot of different plastics in their cooling systems so presumably it does not affect the plastics used.

Jim Flanagan

-----

Yard Cranes

According to the HMRS handbook, Great Western Way (the original edition, rather than the recent revision), the answer to Robert Inns' enquiry is that, "Cranes, where installed, were medium grey." I would guess that the same applied to the Southern; unless they chose to paint cranes in a version of red oxide. Either way, these machines would probably have gone for a long time between painting so the finish would fade over the years; though their moving parts would have been greased at intervals, which would have darkened them considerably. An interesting weathering job!

Neil Burgess

-----

Hattons Class 14

Your correspondents have had some useful tips for owners of this fine looking model. Can I add that the recommended Hornby decoder R8249 supplied by Hattons is not insulated (or at least the ones they supplied me - despite their advance assurance that they were). I have already damaged two decoders with home made insulation - so am anxious to get to get an 'official' means of coding this locomotive. (currently awaiting their reply)

Stephen Nicholson

-----

'Presflos'

I take no credit for this whatsoever as the below information was provided at my request by an ex-railwayman friend.

In Don Rowland’s book on BR wagons there is a little more detail. B888000 was the prototype, Diagram 1/273. The big build was to Diagram 1/272, consisting of 1920 BUT there were variations in buffer lengths and couplings. 20 of this build were lettered, and coloured, for salt traffic. Nos. B888001 – B888890, B887800 – B887999, B873024 – 873193, B873200 – B873369, B873420 – 873569, B873570 – 873719 and B873794 – B873893. These were constructed by Shildon, Central, Metro-Cammell, Butterley, and Gloucester.

The 17t Fly Ash version was Diagram 1/278, built Shildon, B873771 – 873792 [22 vehicles]. The next version was Diagram 1/279, 21t Fly ash, one built by Darlington Loco Works, B 873793, B873894 – B873915, built at Shildon, and B 873916 – B873977 built by Ashford, 85 in total. A further fly-ash was B873062, a conversion.

'Prestwins', Diagram 1/274, were built by Metro-Cammell, B873000 – B873023, B873194 – B873199, 30 vehicles, and B873770 built by Pickering. A further batch, with increased capacity [i.e. longer frame], was B 873370 – 873419 from Metro-Cammell, and B 873270 – B 873769 by Central, all in 1961. Oddly enough the two Diagrams both refer to 20T capacity. The second batch were built with a lower overall height.

As the Editor says, as companies bought their own cement wagons 'Presflos' were used to carry sand. Also from the same source some 'Preslfos' ventured abroad.

I hope this may be of use to the modellers who have raised the queries.

Merv Rogers

-----

IMPORTANT NOTICE!

I have been discussing the future of MREmag with some of you and come to a decision - which I will come to later.

I have probably bored you stiff with my moans about the magazine taking up too much of my time. Today has been an exception as there have been very few emails and so it has given me time to tackle this issue.

The facts are these:

1. Each issue usually takes the best part of a day to put together.

2. The most time consuming part is the 'Having Your Say' forum.

3. The most valuable part of the magazine to readers is the forum.

4. My modelling days are long gone. I am a collector and historian and I need to write and have time to write.

The problems are:

1. Much of my time is being taken up by correcting messages that the writer clearly has not bothered to read through before pressing the 'send' button, otherwise they would realise that they don't make sense. Sorting out this is the most time consuming job of all.

2. Many emails are sent by people who don't bother to use their spell-check.

3. Some people are unable to write well and must not be excluded, and so must continue to receive editorial help.

4. Despite introducing a 400 word limit, several have since gone well over that, thinking that an apology allows them to be an exception to the rule.

Possible solutions suggested to me were:

1. Remove the forum and reduce the magazine to an news service and database - (this would remove the most valuable part of the magazine and should be done as a last resort).

2. Exclude people who ignore the discipline of the magazine - (no one has ever been banned from MREmag and no one ever will be).

3. Farm out material to volunteer editors - (this has been considered but it was felt that the time in administering it would outweigh the time saved).

4. Leave out similar responses to questions - (this was tried but in analysing what to include and what to leave out, it was quicker to include everyone's answers).

5. Turn the magazine into a business with paid access and advertising - (I prefer to keep it open to everyone and, anyway, the administration of the business would be a lot more time consuming.

6. Impose further restrictions on size of contributions - (restrictions have been only partially effective as they can be ignored. Shortening an article so that it still makes sense doesn't actually save me time).

7. Abandon editing altogether - (this certainly has appeal but puts me at greater risk of libel, lets in the trolls and defeats a basic aim of MREmag - that of providing equality amongst participants (the reason why I remove Dr, Rev, Sir, The Honourable, His Royal Highness, etc., from names before publishing them and the reason why I try to 'equalise' the English in contributions).

Thanks for all your suggestions. I have now come to the following decisions:

1. The length of contributions shall not exceed 200 words. Any longer ones will chopped off short. This throws back to you the responsibility of sticking to the rule. As one of you reminded me, in the words of Winston Churchill (it is thought), "If you can't tell me what you want on one side of a piece of paper, then don't bother telling me".

2. If I find that anyone persistently expecting me to correct what I know they are capable of correcting themselves, it will be politely returned the email to them for correction. So, please reread everything before sending it and use your spell-check.

 Brian Macdermott and I have prepared the following notes which you might like to use as guidance in lightening my load. However, this is not a classroom, so don't let them put you off writing. Any help you can give me will be welcomed.

Notes for Contributors to MREmag

The greater majority of printed publications have what is known as a ‘Style of the House’. MREmag is no different, and that is why it is such an easy magazine to read. If you have genuine writing difficulties, I shall still accept your contribution and help you construct it ready for publication. Please do not be put off by the following advice!

Heading: Please start your piece with a heading. Don't leave it to me to do.

Length: Aim for a maximum of 200 words. Smaller amounts will be very welcomed.

Font: In the magazine I use Arial typeface and keep the main text to 12pt size.

Don't Enhance: Please avoid using italics and bold. Leave these for me to add (as they often corrupt in downloading).

Those Wretched Apostrophes: The single most common mistake made in writing (with at least 50% of contributors) is in the use of the apostrophe. It is wrongly being used for plurals. if you are talking about more than one of anything, just add an s - not 's e.g. - locos, 1970s, Class 37s, days, etc. are all correct. If in doubt, leave it out. More mistakes are made by wrongly adding apostrophes than are made in leaving them out when they should be there. And where should they be used? An apostrophe should be used where it means 'belonging to' e.g. - John's book; the loco's chimney; 1955's best event; the Class 47's success. They are actually abbreviations e.g. John's book stands for - John his book. So, apostrophes are also used where we push two words together e.g. I have becomes I've and is not becomes isn't. In each case the apostrophe represents one or more missing letters, in the case of '50s it represents two missing figures of 1950s.

Quotes: Similar to the apostrophe is the inverted comma which we use at either end of a piece of speech. The magazine uses double inverted commas for speech, e.g. The manager said, "I like it". A lot of contributors also use " " for highlighting unusual words or phrases (don't over do this), but the magazine uses ' ' for these - in other words single inverted commas as part of its style. If you can use single inverted commas for highlighting words (when really necessary), you will save my time in changing them.

The magazine style is to write train titles and names of layouts in single inverted commas, e.g.: ‘Torbay Express’ and 'West Road Junction'

I not i: A lot of people will be surprised that it is necessary to point out this but use a capital 'I' when speaking about yourself, e.g.: 'I like diesels' not 'i like diesels'. The spell-check should pick up this error.

Date Reference: Refer to the date of a posting thus: Bill Bloggins wrote about brake vans (Friday, 2 June).

Capitals: Use capitals for initials, e.g. - DCC; LNER, etc.

There is no need to use full stops in initials, e.g. - LNER not L.N.E.R.

Avoid writing words in capitals, e.g. - Peco not PECO. Some write loco names in capitals or in single or double quotes, but in the magazine they are written in lower case, without quotes, and I add italics.

Avoid 'shouting' in CAPITALS.

Make it Easy to Read: Don't make the sentences too long. We 'swallow' facts more easily in reasonable sized doses. I try to keep my sentences down to two facts joined together by an 'and' or 'but'. And, remember, every sentence should contain a verb. If reading becomes cumbersome, the reader may abandon it and move to the next email on the page. If you want people to read what you have to say, make it easy for them. A lot of an editor's time is spent making your text easy to read.

On Subject: Keep postings to items that are useful to modellers or manufacturers and relate pieces about the real railways, to modelling, if it is only to suggest its modelling potential. If nothing else, it serves to remind you where this magazine is pitched.

Polite: Ask yourself whether you are using language that might offend. Are you being personal or abusive to a fellow contributor or about a company? If in doubt, leave it out, as I certainly will - but I would rather you did it for me.

Factual: Have you backed your opinion or comments with facts where appropriate? State your source of facts.

Sign Off: Always end your email with your first name and surname. Don't leave it to me to try and work out who 'Bill' is. I will have lots of Bills in my address book and I don't have the benefit of handwriting to recognise!

Overseas: It is helpful if overseas contributors give a general location.

Check it: Proof-read your item at least once. It might make sense to you – but will it make sense to MREmag readers? Is it less than 200 words?

Use your spell-check facility – but don’t rely on it totally!

Not For Publication: If an email is not for publication, please make that clear in the title box.

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Friday 19.2.10

On Their Way

The following Bachmann and Graham Farish models are currently on the high seas destined for the UK:

Bachmann

32-075C Class 56xx 0-6-2T No.5623 in GWR livery with G W R lettering

32-082 Class 56xx 0-6-2T No.5639 BRc weathered black

32-306 Collett Goods 0-6-0 No.2253 BRb weathered black

31-713 Class B1 4-6-0 No.61003 Gazelle BRc black

32-755 Class 57/3 No.57315 in Arriva Trains Wales / Trenau Arriva Cymru livery

37-712 8T cattle wagon BR brown XP No.B893085

37-710 8T cattle wagon BR brown No.B893343

Graham Farish

371-600A Class 42 'Warship' No.D823 Hermes in BR maroon

371-601A Class 42 'Warship' No.D827 Kelly in BR blue

371-602A Class 42 'Warship' No.D814 Goliath in BR green

371-603A Class 42 'Warship' No.D829 Magpie in BR maroon

371-431 Class 170 DMU No.170519 in CrossCountry Trains livery (50519 + 79519)

374-825A Stanier brake 3rd in LMS livery No.5810

377-028 5-plank steel floor open wagon in Lilleshall Limestone livery No.1750

377-053 5-plank wooden floor wagon in R. Fred Cole, Fairford & Lechlade livery No.11

377-054 5-plank wooden floor wagon in BR grey livery No.M318256

377-082 7-plank end door wagon in Kobo, Manchester livery No.15

377-203 8-plank wagon with coke rails Reading Gas Co. No.112

377-625 12T plywood fruit van in BR bauxite (early) No.B875800

377-626 12T plywood fruit van in BR bauxite (late) No.B875640

373-454A 63ft container wagon No.B602305 with 3 x 20 ft P&O Nedlloyd containers (PONU162679 + PON093273 + PONU061808)

373-457A 63ft container wagon No.B602544 with 20ft Cosco container (CBHU328738) and 40ft Maersk (MAEU638434)

377-652 MOA low sided 'Megabox' bogie open wagon with buffers in EWS livery No.500327

 Rail-Ex Southwest (Taunton)

The Somerset Railway Modellers Club annual exhibition, Rail-Ex Southwest (Taunton), will be moving to a new and superior venue for its 2010 show and thereafter. It will be held at Taunton School, Staplegrove Road, Taunton, Somerset, TA2 6AD. The exhibition will be held in two large ground-floor halls, so there will be no stage, no stairs and no classrooms! Access will be much improved, with wider aisles, and it will also be totally disabled friendly. There will still be high quality hot and cold food, extensive parking and, as an added bonus, the school grounds overlook the ex-GWR main line!

What more could you ask!

Also, the dates have had to be revised and the event will be on the fourth weekend in October from now on. So, this year it will be Saturday 23rd and Sunday 24th October. This will be the 20th Anniversary show, so will be extra special and already many fine layouts have been booked. Full details will be published on the club's website shortly. The club look forward to seeing you on that weekend.

Hints & Tips No.221

A Simple Improvement for Diecast Road Vehicles.

By Nevile Reid (Tunbridge Wells)

One disadvantage of using diecast cars and trucks on a 4mm layout is that the high-gloss paintwork. They are very pretty on the collector's shelf but the gloss detracts from the realism of the models when used trackside. Vehicles from such makes as Classix, Corgi, EFE, Base and Oxford all suffer from this problem. The solution is simple – a coat of satin varnish applied by brush to all the gloss areas gives the vehicle a much more realistic appearance. I find enamel varnish such as Railmatch easier to use than acrylic.

Make sure the model is clean and dust-free before painting, and be careful to keep the varnish off glass, tyres, flatbeds, etc. If required, weather the vehicle after varnishing.

A Word of Warning...

Corgi have taken to oiling the axles of some of their models. The oil needs to be removed with detergent and warm water and the model dried thoroughly (in the airing cupboard?) before varnishing. Even if you are not intending to varnish the model, the oil is best removed or it can soak into and stain the painted road surfaces of your layout, which is incredibly annoying if you have just airbrushed your roads!

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

Thoughts on Recent Announcements

The recent releases and future announcements have thrown up some interesting anomalies. By releasing the 'Castle' in GWR livery and at the same time releasing Hawkesworth coaches, Hornby seem to be missing a trick as these coaches only came into use after the demise of GWR. They do not have any suitable coaches to match the 'Castles' in their salad days from first construction through to the dawn of nationalisation. However, Bachmann have just re-released some nice Collett coaches in full GWR livery. Has Hornby missed a trick? It must be a temptation for Bachmann to increase the range of coaches to cash in on the interest created by Hornby’s new 'Castle' and undermine any subsequent releases by Hornby of GWR coaches. There’s a thought: top lights would be attractive, together with slip coaches (operated via DCC?).

Conversely, Bachmann’s City of Truro has no appropriate coaches. Perhaps Hornby could do a quick update of their clerestory stock to modern standards and get some sales off the back of Bachmann’s loco? City of Truro with equivalently detailed coaches, fully lined out, would be a Wow!

Finally, I don’t remember anyone mentioning the return of Hornby’s ancient SR Bogie van as illustrated in the Imperial Airways train pack. Hornby can’t be serious, it should have been put to death long ago. Or was the old model used just for illustration purposes and a new model is due to be released? Could some clarification be forthcoming from the depths of Thanet?

Quentin Lewis

In fairness to Hornby, people were screaming for Hawksworths, possibly in the mistaken belief of many that they ran in GWR livery. It is doubtful whether a further set of Colletts would not have been viable. We should not rule out programmes that benefit both companies, so long as it does not contravene competition law - Ed

-----

Paint Stripping

Having read with interest the comments about stripping paint from plastic models, I feel I should add my ‘tuppence-worth’.

Modern brake fluid is either glycol based (DOT 3 & DOT 4) or silicone based (DOT 5). The DOT stands for Dept of Transport and does not concern us here! Both types will strip paint with various degrees of success as will old fashioned mineral based fluid. It will depend on the type of paint and the make up of the fluid. However, some types of plastic and glues will be affected by the fluid - I have reduced a spitfire kit to a mass of floppy plastic!

Repainting after stripping could also be a problem due to any chemicals from the fluid etching into the plastic. Silicone will cause problems with some types of paint, just ask any paint-sprayer. These may not be apparent immediately but can develop after a day or two, even after a few weeks.

The other thing to be aware of is that brake fluid is pretty nasty stuff and should be used with care, and I would avoid used fluid as you don’t really know what type it is or what else it might be contaminated with.

On a more positive note.

I have just discovered some self adhesive weights that are ideal for added ballast on locos and rolling stock. They are used by tyre fitters to balance alloy wheels. The come in various weights and are around the size of a postage stamp and around 3mm thick, they stick very well. Try you local tyre company they shouldn’t cost very much, ask nicely and you may find a few poked in your direction!

Jim Flanagan

-----

Many years ago, I painted some Tri-ang TT Mk1s. Years later, I realised how awful they looked and removed the paint (enamel) with car brake fluid, again sealed in a polythene bag and left until it had bubbled off. I then scrubbed off with a tooth brush and cleaned thoroughly.

Mark Roberts

-----

Whilst Steve Mann's further comments on paint stripping are helpful, I must point out that the products available to him in the US are not necessarily available in the UK. There are several formulations of brake fluid and his 'el cheapo Castrol' may not have a UK equivalent, regardless of price. If there is any doubt about undesirable foreign matter in the fluid, it should be filtered before use - as is desirable anyway after each use for stripping. And don't forget to remove the last pickles from the jar first ...!

As to acetone (and many other useful solvents), although these are readily available off-the-shelf in the US (and economically priced), they will be very difficult to obtain in sensible quantities in the UK unless one has direct access to an industrial source. Acetone is extremely volatile and flammable and will not last long if exposed to the air - or a flame.

Ron Solly now confirms that meths will strip certain US factory finishes, as I previously suggested. But whether anything else will be removed readily must remain a matter for experiment - and preferably with the container tightly sealed to prevent evaporation.

Nick Stanbury

-----

Loco Wanted

I’m after a Hornby R2449 (45157 The Glasgow Highlander) or R2555 (45156 Ayrshire Yeomanry). The condition is not important.

Paul Reilly

If anyone can help Paul, I shall put them in touch - Ed.

-----

Converting to DCC

With regard to Chris Martin's enquiries, I am sure you will get a lot of answers but here are mine.

1. In theory a decoder once programmed should be able to be read by any NRMA conforming controller, obviously controllers do have different levels of specification and slightly different displays so this has to be taken into account.

2. I seldom use the Hornby sleeve if the decoder can be stowed away where it will not short but there is an air supply to cool it. The Hornby sleeves make superb fall plates for steam locos. Where there is a sleeve already attached I leave it in place.

3. Not a clue!

4. Sounds like a wiring problem. Can I suggest Brian Lambert's excellent website for all railway electrics; it is concise, easy to understand and has diagrams which read very easily. I have no connection other than a grateful DCC convert. Chris could also take a look at the Plowmans' website which has some very good hints on wiring.

5. I would go for the Aspects of Modelling book, written by Ian Morton, which is logical, explains all aspects of DCC very simply and is easy to understand.

Hope this helps.

Andrew Carter

-----

In reply to Chris Martin's questions:

Q1 - Yes

Q2 - Yes or insulating tape for others

Q3 - Can't help

Q4 - Yes

Q5 -Model Railroader's "The DCC Guide"

Pete Williams

-----

Replies to Chris Martin's questions are as follows:

Q1 - After programming a decoder, will it be recognised by different control systems?
A1 - Yes, provided the control system and decoder both operate on DCC and are NMRA compliant.

Q2 - Hornby supply a sleeve with some of their locomotives, should this be used, and what can be used instead on non-Hornby locos?
A2 - There is concern by some that the sleeve may restrict cooling of the decoder, it is, after all, a microcomputer and does warm up, particularly the sound ones. The accepted wisdom is not to use the sleeve. If the decoder is supplied already sleeved by the manufacturer leave that in place, but do not wrap the decoder in anything else. Use double-sided tape or adhesive foam pads to mount the decoder on the chassis or the body, but make sure that the decoder cannot touch the chassis. You might want to stick a piece of plasticard over the chassis nearest to the decoder if fixing the decoder on the body. If fixing on the chassis, stick a piece of plasticard bigger than the decoder to the spot on the chassis where you want to fix the decoder and then stick the decoder to the plasticard. I would not recommend using insulating tape to create the insulated area as it can rub through (I tried that and it's not a good idea).

Q3. I have opted for a Bachmann Dynamis system - how do I get F0 on the controller?
A3. It will tell you in the manual, see the diagram on page 4, it is the button marked "Headlights Locomotive headlights on/off". If you have lost your manual, it is the button above the light bulb symbol at the bottom left of the keypad.

Q4. I am currently suffering short circuits, but only when coach wheels go over certain points; is this to do with live frogs?
A4. Shorts on points can occur on live frog points where the wheel back to backs are too close and the switch rails are permanently wired so that they are the same polarity as the frog for their full length. The back of the coach wheel touches the open switch rail and shorts. Shorts can occur on insulfrog points too, if the wheel treads are too wide and project beyond the insulated part of the frog onto the other running rail.

Q5. What would contributors suggest as the best book giving a novice all the basic details on DCC?
A5. Ian Morton's book Digital Command Control in the Aspects on Modelling series. Also, Alan Gartner's web site Wiring for DCC at http://www.wiringfordcc.com/ There is also Stan Ames/Rutger Friberg/Ed Loiseaux's Digital Command Control - the Comprehensive Guide to DCC. They both have their merits, and cover the same ground, but Ian's book is newer and better suited to the UK market. However, I disagree with Ian's comment on page 40 that the older Hornby models, based on the Tri-ang XO4 motor, can present difficulties; I think they are the easiest of all to convert, as the brush holders are already fully insulated. He does make a meal of it in his book though. Just read the paragraph at the bottom of page 41, it says it all.

Keith Montgomery

-----

In reply to the questions asked in today’s MREmag by Chris Martin….

1. After programming a decoder, will it be recognised by different control systems? Normally, yes it should. The information is stored in the decoder, so it should remain there until the settings are altered. Some consist information, depending on type of consist, can be stored in the console.

2. Hornby supply a sleeve with some of their locomotives, should this be used, and what can be used instead on non-Hornby locos? The sleeve is provided as a protective decoder cover – to stop the decoder touching anything metallic and shorting out. I personally always try to avoid preventing any restriction to the free flow of air over the decoder – which the sleeve could possibly do in some circumstances. Some decoders are provided with a special factory fitted and shrunk down sleeve, so no additional insulating medium is then needed, other than a means of retaining the decoder in place when necessary.

3. I have opted for a Bachmann Dynamis system - how to I get F0 on the controller? Function button ‘F0’ on the Dynamis is the dedicated button with the little light bulb symbol below it . Function ‘F0’ is normally directional lighting on/off. Hence the light bulb symbol used.

4. I am currently suffering short circuits, but only when coach wheels go over certain points; is this to do with live frogs? Shorts on live frog points are more normally caused by the metal wheels of the loco or rolling touching the insides of the open switch rail as the loco travels over the point. Firstly, and probably the easiest to do, is to check and adjust the wheels back-to-back setting using a correct a B2B gauge. Another cure is to modify the point so as there is an insulated gap in the closure rails and then bond the stock rail to the adjacent switch rail on both sides of the point. You will of course also need to have some form of frog switching employed too.

And, finally,

5. What would contributors suggest as the best book giving a novice all the basic details on DCC?

I can highly recommend Aspects of Modelling - Digital Command Control by Ian Morton ISBN 0-7110-3152-5.

Brian Lambert

-----

Robbie's Dad

I am sure I write for many when I express my condolences to Robbie and his family. I have fond memories of my late brother-in-law who was a top link GWR/BR driver. I enjoyed our chats about various locos and their relative merits or otherwise. He was a superb driver who looked after his engines very well, he embraced diesel traction with no qualms but had not time for the Blue Pullmans.

I remember what can only be described as a mind blowing cab ride in a 47 with him on a late winter evening, driving snow, roar of the engine plunging into blackness at near 90mph. Me scared stiff, my brother-in-law coolness personified. I am sure Robbie's memories will live on with the same fondness as mine.

Andrew Carter

-----

Bluetooth

The answer Mike Liddle's question about using Bluetooth instead of infrared is "Yes".

ESU, the designers of the Dynamis, have already done it with their ECoS Control Radio module for the ECoS which went on sale last November. It has the same chassis as the Dynamis but works using radio in the 2.4GHz band, which I believe is the same band as is used for Bluetooth. Not only does it work outside, but the screen gives excellent visibility even in bright sunlight. I have tried it and it also works through brick walls. So you keep the ECoS indoors when you take the Control Radio out to play trains.

Sadly for Mike, he cannot swap his Dynamis handset for an ECoS Control Radio handset, even though they look almost identical. The receiver module will only plug into an ECoS 1 (the monochrome screen first version of the ECoS), the new colour screen ECoS, which is just going on sale in the UK, or the Maerklin CS1 Reloaded.

There are several other makes of DCC controller that have a radio option licensed for use in the UK and Europe, but ESU is the only one of which I have practical experience.

Keith Montgomery

-----

'Presflos'

Re Bachmann 'Presflos', there is a extensive discussion on RMweb under 'products/Bachmann' but unfortunately they are currently switching to a new server so are unavailable for a couple of days. To précis some of the information, the Lord & Butler set represents the mid '70s. The Blue Circle examples are also later. The first 'Presflos' produced at the end of the '50s included a batch in yellow, as the Airfix and Dapol kits portray. Early bauxite painted examples carried Presflo Cement on the sides. A useful link is given to photos www.gallery6801.fotopic.net

On another subject can the readers give me advice as to what colours goods yard cranes were painted - SR, GWR and BR?

Robert Inns

-----

The following is an extract from my forthcoming book on Bachmann Branchline and is what I have concluded from an assortment of books. If any of it is incorrect, it would be helpful to know - Ed.

The first 'Presflo' appeared in 1953 and the wagons were built initially for the bulk handling of cement. Many batches were made, by or for British Railways, between 1955 and 1964. During this time, several variations crept in, some of which Bachmann have included in their tooling. Some 'Presflos' were modified for salt traffic and later slate powder traffic and eventually they carried fly-ash.

In 1960, Associated Portland Cement ordered their own fleet of 'Presflos' from Butterley Engineering and Metro-Cammell Ltd. These were to the same design as the BR wagons. They were initially painted yellow but, to hide the cement deposits, they were repainted in grey. Tunnel Cement was another company that ordered a batch of their own wagons, as well as hiring from British Railways.

The wagons were loaded through two top hatches and unloaded under pressure - thus necessitating the strengthened sides. They were replaced from 1984 onwards and all had gone by 1991.

The Bachmann models are very detailed and have included variations in their tooling, which include either one vacuum cylinder (20T) or two (22T). Other differences will be found in buffers, brake levers and vacuum discharge pipes. Some also have an additional notice board on the solebars.

I did not have much success with Robert's Internet connection, which seemed to be more about maps and less about wagons. However, there are plenty of illustrations in David Larkin's excellent books on BR wagons (8 published in the recent two associated series). From six of these books I counted 22 different pictures of 'Presflos' and all seemed to have different inscriptions on them. The Lord & Butler one was there - the wagon portrayed was B888002 photographed at Peterborough in the summer of 1980. I seem to remember that this was also the version modelled in the Hornby Dublo range back in 1961 (damn - I've gone over 400 words! - just kidding!) - Ed.

-----

Wheel Back to Back Adjustment

I wonder if I could tap into the fund of practical modelling knowledge held by MREmag readers. Can anyone recommend a way to ensure that wagon and coach wheels do not shift on their axles after their back to back clearance has been adjusted? Many thanks in advance for any suggestions.

Neil A. MacKinnon

-----

Thomas the Tank Engine in G Scale

I haven’t noticed anyone pointing out a very interesting site illustrating the recently announced Thomas the Tank Engine release in G scale. At RRP £240 for G scale Thomas, two coaches, a circle of track and power supply, it must be unbeatable, particularly as a low-cost way into garden railways. From the illustrations, there is considerable potential for reworking as narrow gauge including battery powered radio control...

http://www.bachmanntrains.com/home-usa/products.php?act=viewCat&catId=451
http://modeltrainstation.findfastr.com/bachmann-model-trains/thomas-the-tank-engines-set-in-large-scale-by-bachmann-trains-garden-trains

Alternatively, there is Percy with two trucks etc, at the same price.

Thomas is an inside cylinder 0-6-0T and Percy is available as an outside cylinder 0-4-0ST. The rolling stock comprises of a coach and a truck moulding. Names and faces are included but any modeller will have them off in minutes - if the children will let them get away with it.

Quentin Lewis

We covered their release in a news item on Monday 8th February. As you say, this could provide a good opening into G scale, with two nice British outline tank engines waiting to be converted - Ed.

-----

Class 14

As an early recipient of a Class 14, I feel I am in a position to comment about the 'fun' to be had getting the thing apart for DCC fitment. By trial and error - and a lot of creaking plastic - I managed to get into mine, but could remove only the bonnet by sacrificing (snapping) the cab bulkhead, which was firmly glued in place.

Regarding DCC fitment, I was galled to find my current tiny chip of choice - the TCS D2PX-UK - wouldn't fit, thanks to the metal closely surrounding three sides of the decoder socket. I eventually (and with much effort) fitted a Hornby 8249 chip, which gives sterling performance on my example. I did, however, short out the first example as the insulating sleeve I'd wrapped round it had dropped out during re-assembly, and I've lost the horn cover that was mounted over the small bonnet. The socket is also under a mound of internal wiring, and is the 'wrong way round' - the wires from the decoder socket have to turn through 180 degrees to then lie over the bonnet. Getting the thing back together, squeezing and squashing the wires to fit, could be the subject of a book itself. I still have a gap of 1.5mm between the cab and the solebar on one side of the loco.

As regards headcode blinds - I didn't have any instructions in mine and the glasses are firmly stuck in place; I have left well alone. You cannot pop them out a la Class 17 - for one simple reason. The headcode panels are two, two digit blinds, rather than a one, four digit headcode. There is a chunk of bodywork in between the panels, and as Heljan have made the glasses a single piece moulding, this bodywork stops the glass from being removed from outside the model.

It looks the part, and well done to Hattons for biting the bullet. However, the fitment was (in my humble opinion) far more difficult than it needed to be. I've said the same on RMWeb, and am frankly disappointed by the way that the models' innards have been executed. The presence of a DCC socket acknowledges that many will need to open the thing up and fit a decoder. So why make it so awkward, with the attendant risk of damage?

Andy Parr

-----

Coupling

This is just a short note to say I was delighted with the thread about uncoupling. I have an interest in UK and US prototypes. I want a British terminus station and a small US flat yard as my next projects. - both with 'hands off' uncoupling. I had come to the conclusion that two distinct systems would be the only solution and had resigned myself to some sort of tension hook (Bachmann Mk2), the Hornby uncoupler and new surface motor, for the British terminus.

I am delighted with the input from Paul below. I have used Kadees for several years. But never tried the trick suggested. Brilliant, brilliant idea. Thank you. I will try it ASAP.

So, my next layout may start with the Kadee electric under-track magnet. Could someone let me know if this unit can be attached to the Lenz points unit? Does it have loud noise problem in this format?

Michael Welch

-----

Prototype Information and Memories

Sorry I have to disagree with your comments in reply to Ian David Smith's post on the Craven units. I find memories like this very helpful and I am sure other modellers do likewise. Manufacturers give very scant details about services worked by their products and not everyone is old enough (or lived in the right part of the country to remember). If prototype information is not relevant - why is the monthly quiz about such things. I must admit I never get round to answering the questions but probably have all the information to hand in the thousands of railway books I own - I hope people don't just GOOGLE the answers.

Nick Lamkin

Of course it's all relevant but the rather soft boundary we have in place is to limit the size of the magazine. After all, there are plenty of other forums covering the real railways from which modellers can pick up operational information. It is all interesting and I enjoy it as much as other readers but without occasional reminders we are likely to slip into becoming a railway magazine. It is now approaching 2.30pm on Thursday afternoon and there is still quite a lot to do before the Friday issue is ready to be launched at midnight. With other commitments this afternoon, I cannot get onto other work on my desk until this evening. That is typical of the three days each week that issues of MREmag are put together. The larger the magazine gets, the less likely it is that I will be able to keep it going in its present form. At least 80% of my time is spent on the forum and so it is the most vulnerable part of the magazine - and yet it seems to be the part that most readers enjoy. It has become a victim of its own success. - Ed.

-----

Cravens units

If I recall correctly, from my days at Liverpool St, the 10:04 (Summer Saturdays only) Liverpool St to Sheringham was formed of 3 x 2 cars sets although I don't think they all ran through to Sheringham and part of the train was detached at Norwich (Thorpe) - a good excuse for buying more than one set of units from Bachmann.

In defence of Cravens of Sheffield - I gather BR went banging on their door late one night desperately seeking to order these units urgently required for little used cross country services like the M&GN. The units (power car E503xx and E512xx series) were built using Mk1 windows (presumably because Cravens were building a batch at the time) and, by the time they appeared, most of the lines they were built for had closed. They were then put to work on the GN suburban services for which they were probably the most unsuitable units available, with just 2 or 3 doors per coach. Colleagues who worked on the GN route recall they used to sag when heavily loaded and the doors wouldn't easily close.

I also remember the self combusting rolls Royce units (M517xx) on the Kentish Town - Barking service and these were probably the best riding and most comfortable units I have ever travelled in - I hope Bachmann decide to produce one - they had ginormous headcode boxes displaying the destination and the 4 character headcode.

Nick Lamkin

-----

WISH LIST POLL GUIDANCE NOTES

SR Coaches

I hope this will help pollsters with regard to the SR coach listings shown in the Poll Draft, accessed at the foot of each day’s postings.

I have used BTK for Corridor Brake Third (later BSK); TK for Corridor Third (later SK); and TO for Open Third (later SO).

Bulleid Catering (Diagram 2507* and 2660**)

Open Restaurant First* with Restaurant Third**, built 1947/8, with extended side panels. Formed in Bulleid 6-Dining Sets 290-300, which concentrates them on the Waterloo-Bournemouth/Weymouth run (although I am told they did get to Exeter on rare occasions). Could be produced as a boxed set. To make this catering set ‘viable’, the manufacturer would also need to make the extended side panel versions of the Diagram 2123 BTK, Diagram 2019 TK and Diagram 2318 CK.

Bulleid Tavern Cars (Diagrams 2663/4* and 2665/8)

Restaurant Kitchen Buffet with Open Restaurant Composite*, built 1949. RKB rebuilt to Diagram 2668 1959/60. RCO rebuilt to Diagram 2665 in 1950/1. Known as the Tavern Cars/Tavern Trailers, these vehicles have several interesting livery possibilities (originally ‘brickwork and beams’). Mainly on Waterloo-Exeter trains, but with some summer Saturday through workings (e.g. Padstow). Briefly on the Eastern region when new. With names such as The Jolly Tar and The Green Man, these could have broad appeal in boxed sets.

Bulleid Multi Door Stock

Apart from a handful that were 64ft 6in, these coaches were 59ft long, built 1945/6 and made up in 3-sets, numbered 963-980. Doors to all compartments. Diagram 2121 BTK with Diagram 2316 CK. In 1959, allocated to Waterloo-West of England/Weymouth services. Ideal for ‘secondary’ services. Sets 963-973 on the S&D in the early ‘60s. Could be produced as a boxed set with set number on brake ends. It might be possible to use the existing Hornby Maunsell underframes, but with different battery boxes.

Bulleid Deep Ventilator Stock 15"

Currently produced by Bachmann as Diagram 2019 TK, Diagram 2017 TO, Diagram 2318 CK and Diagram 2123 semi-open BTK, but showing their age. In need of new moulds to keep up with today’s high standards.

Bulleid Shallow Ventilator Stock 10¼"

In essence, these are the same as the 15" versions in all other respects. With today’s moulding techniques, perhaps both types could be produced?

Bulleid BCK 2405

This heading really ought to read: Bulleid 2-sets (R) 63-75. (I did suggest this to the Poll organisers and it may well read that now.) The 13 BCKs to Diagram 2405 were built in 1948 and paired with BSKs to Diagram 2123 (with 10¼" ventilators). All allocated to Waterloo-West of England services. Another boxed and numbered set possibility.

Bulleid BCK 2406

A useful ‘loose’ BCK. Similar to Diagram 2405 above, but the lavatory was repositioned in the centre of the coach and the Guard’s area had two periscopes (as the coach could be in use as ‘the brake vehicle’ in either direction).

Maunsell Low Window 4-compartment BTK Diagram 2101

Already produced by Hornby in Olive Green, printed with Set Number 392. Production in Red & Cream and BR Green would be welcomed, with ‘matching’ Diagram 2301 Composite to form S&D line 3-sets 390-399 as well as 445-448.

Maunsell PP set (Diagram 2407 BCK and Diagram 2023 TO)

PP sets Nos.600-619 converted late 1959 from BCK Diagram 2403 and TO Diagram 2005. Used across a wide area, from Tonbridge in the east to Seaton in the west. Ideal as a boxed set with an M7. And OO Works have just announced their H class 0-4-4T – an ideal loco for the southern and eastern parts of the region.

Somewhat surprisingly, production of these PP sets could be strategically important and lead directly into a number of other vehicles.

If the BCK was adapted back to Diagram 2403 and paired with a new build Diagram 2113 BTK, this would facilitate a number of west country 2-sets (P) as well as some additional 3-sets.

An ex-SECR Diagram 52 100-seater non-corridor Third could be produced for use as ‘strengtheners’ for the PP sets..

Maunsell Open Third Diagram 2005

This is possible by slightly adapting the Diagram 2023 coach in the PP sets above. A useful ‘loose’ coach. Also, it could be used with the existing Hornby BCK (R4320 range) to form 2-sets 104-107 and 109/110. These were used on various branches (e.g. Exmouth, Sidmouth, Lyme Regis, Callington).

If the Diagram 52 100-seater non-corridor mentioned above was also made, this would facilitate west country Sets 100-110 as running between early 1958 and late 1959.

Maunsell Restaurant/Buffet/Catering

Following on from the Diagram 2005 Open Third above, it could be slightly adapted further by the inclusion of tables and paired with a new-build Diagram 2650/1/5/6 Kitchen/Diner First. These pairs were used widely over the SR and within inter-regional sets. An attractive boxed set.

Maunsell Stock 1935/6

This includes Diagrams 2113, 2403 and 2407 as detailed above. A new 1935 Diagram 2008 TK would also facilitate forming several ‘long’ sets otherwise largely consisting of current Hornby 4-compartment BTK, TK and FK.

Maunsell Van B

The 8-wheel ‘sister’ to Hornby’s 4-wheel Van C. A highly versatile bogie vehicle that was widely travelled around the country – not just the SR. Many of the west country’s newspapers travelled in these in the 1.15am from Waterloo during the ‘40s, ‘50s and ‘60s. You need at least four for this train. Stove-fitted versions add to the variety of liveries (orange panels), with later-built versions being roof-boarded for newspaper traffic.

Finally, there is one item that is listed under SR Wagons...

Bogie Utility Van

This vehicle was known in SR days as a Gangwayed Bogie Luggage Van (GBL). In BR days, it became Corridor Parcels & Miscellaneous Van (CorPMV).

This has been in the Hornby stable since the ‘60s and a new, scale version would surely be a firm favourite with buyers, enabling the current version to retire gracefully and with honour to the Railroad range.

One such vehicle was painted Umber & Cream and was used in the 1965 funeral train of Sir Winston Churchill. Along with West Country No.34051 and a couple of Pullman cars (with three other Pullman cars in a further Train Pack), this could be an historic product for release in 2015.

Brian Macdermott - (with grateful thanks to Chris Knowles-Thomas of SRLHCS for his assistance)

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Wednesday 17.2.10

March British Railway Modelling

As usual, BRM sets its sights on detailed model critiques. The subjects this month are Bachmann's Standard 3MT 2-6-2T, Graham Farish Class 150/1 and the refurbished Class 37 and the new Berko N gauge colour light signals. There are also news features on the Ace Trains 0 gauge 'Schools' locomotive, N gauge coal wagons from Mathieson, latest diesels from ViTrains and the Bachmann A1 Tornado, coaling tower and 'Presflo'. There is also a major feature on the Class 395 'Javelin' and the model by Hornby.

Layout visits include Middlesbrough MRC's 00 'Billingham', with plenty of ideas on garden design, and Maurice Bramley's G scale 'Ormsgill'.

Practical articles include upgrading digital sound locomotives, also upgrading the Hornby RailRoad 9F, N gauge vacuum-braked Engineer's stock, adding scenery to David Edsall's 00 'Canons Cross' layout as well as adding barrows, bikes and handcarts to your layout.

The editor also looks back at the Model Railway Club's Easter exhibition in 1954 and compares it with what is on offer today. Accompanying the magazine is a 16 page supplement commemorating the 100th Anniversary of the MRC with a history of the organisation and layouts built by the club. There is a piece on GP Keen and the club's London headquarters Keen House.

February Quiz

The Quizmaster has asked me to republish question 2 from the February Quiz. A couple of people have suggested that there was more than one tank loco painted in apple green by the LNER but all the others, other than the one he was looking for, were retrospectively painted and not at the time of construction. Some wording has been added to avoid confusion.

Q2. When first released to traffic following construction, which was the only tank engine to be painted in fully lined out Apple Green livery by the LNER?

Hints & Tips No.220

Operating Barchester Part 1

by Bob Heath - Barchester (Spain)

I have four platforms, plus both engine shed roads and the first four of the fiddle yard roads, come under main line operations. Platform 5, storage roads 6 & 7, two goods roads, plus the remaining two fiddle yard roads are all for branch line operations. My platform 2 is just a bay and is used solely by an auto-trailer.

Because of the deliberate crowding of locomotives and rolling stock, and the way I have chosen to operate the fiddle yard, Barchester operates to a sequence of movements which has to be adhered to, or else there is chaos, with the operators not knowing where some of the stock is.

Rolling stock always starts the day in the same position. A sequence of movements has been worked out for each half of the layout so that, at the end of the working day, all stock finishes up back where it started. The mainline has 65 train movements in this sequence and the branch line 63 train movements.

The two sequences are then married together into a timetable that serves the surrounding communities. We are now in the position where the main or branch lines can be operated entirely independently of each other, with either one or two operators or the whole thing with just one operator. It is also possible for one operator to run the branch line on its own. The rolling stock will still finish up where it should be for the start of the next days operations.

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe.

Snippet No.287 - Wartime 'Green' Practices

by Anthony Hinxman - Portland, OR, USA

During the Second World War, two trains were worked to Snape every day, to convey rubble from blitzed buildings in London for gun sites in East Anglia.

(From Railway Magazine Jan/Feb 1948)

What's on TV?
by Brian Macdermott

Thursday 18 February
Rural TV (279), 20.00-21.00. Trains and Locomotives. German mainline steam in 1996.

Sunday 21 February
BBC4, 21.00-22.00. 2/3. Indian Hill Railways. Nilgiri Mountain Railway.

Having Your Say...

Sights & Sounds from Doncaster

On Saturday, we decided to lunch-out first and visit the Doncaster show later, to avoid a suspected rugby scrum in the refreshment area. Were we right?

I enjoyed the exhibition, but it was so different from Harrogate. Don't think it was a matter of space, there were several uncrowded areas, but it was much more crowded round the layouts and stands, than at Harrogate. I just think there were more stands and a lot more people there, so it must be a more popular venue.

One of two highlights for me was 'Billingham', my favourite layout. It was large, interesting and with excellent scenery - but what made it special was the way it was run. Trains travelled at realistic speeds with prototypical stopping and starting. There was plenty doing and always something to see - and I never once saw a hand from the sky! Magical!

Then there was the ZTC stand. How great it was to be able to drive a locomotive with their soon to be produced sound module installed and, after being suitably 'trained' by the staff, to recreate the nearest thing I have yet heard to a real steam locomotive's sounds. Things are moving on sound-wise, and, when I later read about the Lionheart sound fitted Pannier in Issue 31 of Hornby Magazine, my appetite for good sound was well and truly whetted. It does seem as if the recreation of realistic steam sound necessitates the use of 'inertia' and this leads to a loss of control, if no brake is available. ZTC's master controller has one fitted, but its slaves. Does any other system supply any form of braking to overcome inertia?

There were plenty of excellent trade stands which managed to satisfy all of my needs. The staff are always ready to help and advise and, was it my imagination or were there more of them using portable electronic credit card machines this year. Perhaps they have been reading these pages regarding cheques.

Altogether, it was an excellent day out and the only bad experiences were being periodically sideswiped by a backpacker as he turned to leave a stand (do they really camp out all night?) and still too many layout operators who wanted to chat amongst themselves rather than operate the layout.

 

Merv Rogers

-----

Converting to DCC

I have recently 'bitten the bullet' and have started to convert my layout to DCC. It is going to be an expensive process converting my 100+ locos! However, despite being very computer literate, I am finding DCC terminology a bit of a minefield. I am hoping some of the MREmag contributors may be able to answer some of my questions.

1. After programming a decoder, will it be recognised by different control systems?

2. Hornby supply a sleeve with some of their locomotives, should this be used, and what can be used instead on non-Hornby locos?

3. I have opted for a Bachmann Dynamis system - how to I get F0 on the controller?

4. I am currently suffering short circuits, but only when coach wheels go over certain points; is this to do with live frogs?

And, finally,

5. What would contributors suggest as the best book giving a novice all the basic details on DCC?

In line with Pat's wishes about the size of posts, please keep all answers as brief as possible, even a simple 'yes' or 'no' will do in some cases.

 

Chris Martin

-----

Cravens & the 105

Dave Webber mentions, in his post, an 'endurance event' aboard a Cravens Class 105 unit, but how about when they were diagrammed for the London Liverpool Street to Sheringham through service. Surely this was another example of a three and a half hours, or so, torment, designed, so to speak, to assault every sense in one's body, by the sheer volume of noise, all round vibration, wild temperature variations and general asphyxia. How on earth did Cravens manage to build both the rock solid, and now 50 year old A60/2 stock for London Transport, and the vibration ridden horrors that where the Class 105s?

Still, that said, the 105s actually lasted reasonably well, and did not emulate their Rolls Royce engined Cravens counterparts that added frequent fires to the mix of other failings. Now who mentioned Blue Asbestos . . . . .

We now travel many miles for the mere pleasure of enjoying again these heritage DMU sets on preserved lines, oh how time tempers one's memories!

 

Ian David Smith

-----

It's the 'shot across the bows' time again, folks! Enjoyable as these memories have been, they are not exactly about modelling - Ed.

-----

The Railway Family

Regular contributor Robbie McGavin mentioned the passing of his father, Tom McGavin. As the MREmag is worldwide, many readers may not know just what a significant person his father was in New Zealand railway enthusiast circles. As well as founding NZ’s premier railway society he was also the most prolific author of NZ railway books. I would liken him to Ian Allen or Cyril Freezer in British railway terms.

Although this may be off topic, I consider the contributors to MREmag to constitute a family, so I felt it desirable to put Robbie’s loss in context. We get to know regular contributors by name and their tone of writing; from the playful to the serious, so it is comforting to make a human connection through an otherwise cold electronic medium. My model railway club recently lost a member. As on previous occasions, a member’s funeral brought out a significant number of members to pay their respects. It is so uplifting to belong to a hobby that has that sort of empathy.

 

Michael Berry - Wellington, New Zealand

-----

Our condolences from this side of the Tasman about your Dad's passing, Robbie.

You obviously have a lot of good memories and a kindred spirit with the interest in trains. I hope those memories carry you through the coming weeks and months.

 

Trevor Gibbs - Australia

-----

In checking out Ken Darville's use of an old record player turntable for a paint table, a small 12 volt motor using the belt drive would probably be sufficient, powered from your track. The last few turntables I had were directly powered by a large band around the platter.

However, I would think, to spray a long vehicle, you might need to stop the turntable to spray along the side keeping the airbrush at a consistent distance. What I have done in the past is use a spool that hold blank CD's with a hole drilled in a scrap piece of MDF for much the same type of turntable – it is whatever works for you!

 

Trevor Gibbs

-----

Uncoupling

To answer Richard Whitmore (Monday 15th February), I must be ‘one of those modellers’ who have approved Bachmann’s practise of putting on underframe detail, such as brake rodding, which fouls uncoupling ramps. Not that I suggested they do such a thing - my involvement was entirely passive, confined to simply purchasing the product. Nor was there any awareness that such a problem existed, because ramps to uncouple tension locks have never had a place on my layouts; the preferred tool for this job being a flat piece of plasticard set at about 100 degrees on the end of a thick sprue, by which the lifting hooks may be raised.

But now there is something even better, the Brian Kirby modification, by adding a small piece of iron or steel to the bottom of a Bachmann miniature tension lock. This enables uncoupling to be actuated by a magnet below rail level; and in one of the finest examples of ‘doubling up’ known to this model railway man the Kadee magnets perform this task (I use Kadee for corridor coaches, miniature tension lock for four wheel wagons). The regular hand uncoupling tool still functions of course, for uncoupling wagons where no magnet is present.

But if the traditional ramp is to be used, a simple solution offers. The underframe detail is all moulded in plastic, and either not fitting it, or a few minutes work with a craft knife, will deal with the problem.

 

Paul Jansz

-----

I have just looking at Richard Whitmore’s item on the above. I have raised this with Bachmann quite sometime ago, but received no response. I think that their reply to the query rather dodged the point! However, it does rather defy belief if they are releasing an 03 or 04 shunter whose primary role is shunting. It seems logical that an uncoupler/uncoupler rail suited to this design is released alongside the model. Neither would it involve heavy investment and it would be innovative for some lateral thinking to be applied to track products.

 

Hugh Williams

-----

Couplers

Rule 1: When using knuckle couplers, you will get the most reliable and predictable performance if you standardise on one brand. If you use Kadee couplers, they will mate with Accumate for example, but I have heard reports that trains break more often at the place where different brand couplers are joined.

Rule 2: You absolutely must use a gauge to set the coupler height and trip-pin geometry on every single coupler you fit or buy fitted to rolling stock, or you will be unhappy. These items are good out of the box, but the realities of mass production mean you will have some minor tweaking to be done in some cases.

For trouble-free operation you also need to be using properly gauged wheelsets running on properly gauged track (whatever scale standard you picked), but that's a whole 'nother thread, as they say.

 

Brake Fluid

If you want to use brake fluid as a stripper, my advice, for what it is worth, is not to use old, post brake-bleeding brake fluid which will have gosh-knows what in it, but to use fresh, el-cheapo Castrol. The last thing you need in the same jar as your loco body shell is bits of metal swarf. Pat mentioned red colour, but mine was pale amber out of the can, darkening down as it drank the water from the air over the weeks.

I don't know what it costs in the UK, but over here it cost 99 cents for a US pint when I bought it last (spring 2000), making it cheaper than any commercial paint-stripper, floor cleaner, oven spray or any of the other wild ideas out there. It also worked better than all the other ideas I tried. I haven't tried oven spray, but to be honest, something that foams, stinks to high heaven and must be contained anyway has no advantage I can see over a pickle jar full of Castrol's worst that is just as dangerous as the oven spray but requires no scrubbing, just a light brushing in the deep details. You can also see what's going on all the time. I plan on using it to strip the paint off a bunch of old styrene wargaming figures soon. If the figures melt due to new improved BF formulation, I'll tell you.

Incidentally, if you have a whitemetal kit held together by gobs of epoxy and/or superglue that you would like to strip the paint off and break down for a more professional attempt at assembly, I recommend a pickle jar full of acetone, which will take the glue off at the same time it loosens the paint. This I have done. The paint may not shift much, depending on when the loco was painted, but you can always move the bits to the brake fluid for a week or two's soak (the length of time being determined by when you feel like messing with it again).

These paint-stripping-in-a-jar-of-noxious-chemicals techniques are the very reason you need to buy that hemostat, I recommended a few weeks ago. NO FINGERS IN THE LIQUID!

 

Steve Mann - NYC.

 

My brake fluid may have been Redex - Ed

-----

Paint Stripper

In reply to Nick Stanbury (MREmag Monday), the whole body is immersed into a container which is full of Meths but left unsealed overnight away from children, pets and (direct or indirect) This was used on various USA models like Athearn, but never tested on UK models.

Turpentine must not be used as it dissolves plastic if left overnight.

Ron Solly

-----

DCC Controllers

I Have been reading the comment, over the past week or two, about using DCC and Bachmann’s Dynamis in the garden. I wondered if any of the manufacturers had considered the use of Bluetooth technology instead of the infrared system, which Bachmann have produced and which I bought when it was released.

Bluetooth would overcome the issue of the signal not connecting in strong daylight, and should give a better range and connectivity. The technology seems fairly ubiquitous now, with most mobile phones employing Bluetooth, not to mention wireless mice, and seems reasonably cheap given its ubiquity.

 

Mike Liddle

-----

Heljan Class 14

Many thanks to Kevin, Andy, Robin and Nick for their advice and inspiration on how to 'open' the Heljan Class 14. At least I know I am not alone in experiencing this difficulty. As to the comments on fitting the brake gear, etc. I also found that the parts needed some form of adhesive to assist them in staying put. In my case I used a small spot of UHU (other brands of adhesive are available) applied with the end of a cocktail stick and so far this seems to work! I also concur with the fragility of certain bits, although to date I haven't managed to break anything.... ....yet!

I did find that one of the two parts marked as No.49 on the sheet had fallen off before the model reached me. A quick e-mail to Hattons and a replacement part was dispatched the same day, by First Class post, arriving within 24 hours. You can't fault that sort of service.

Andy expressed some difficulty with fitting the sandboxes as he didn't know which way round they went. At risk of making this sound like a rather rude Dad's Army "stupid boy" moment, the pipe running from the sandbox should point downwards with what would in real life be the open end pointing towards the tread of the wheel. Heljan haven't helped matters as they have moulded these with two circular tabs attached to them, which need to be carefully removed with a craft knife as they do not form part of the finished component.

As to why Heljan have changed the method for inserting the headcodes, in comparison with the Class 17, I can only express pure conjecture as I didn't purchase a Class 17. However, as it appears these are inserted from the front of the loco without having to remove the body, so perhaps some customers experienced a problem with the glazing falling out in use. By comparison the method used in the Class 14 should prevent this problem, although it does present its own issues in terms of fitting them.

Once again, the power of the Internet (and in particular this group) has come to the fore in providing assistance with these minor problems. Many thanks guys and long may it continue!

 

Steve Daly

-----

I thought that readers of MREmag may be interested in this, that may be missed on Hattons website: http://docs.google.com/Doc?docid=0AYIyCeIFNyIzZGhncHdjbmdfMTRnY3RuOW5kOA&hl=en_GB

 

George McKie

-----

The new Class 14 model is visually excellent and a real treat to all of us who remember the originals in our youth. So, well done to Hattons for commissioning the model in the first place.

Like several other, I broke the centre steps when attempting to get the bonnets off. I write to advise others that, before attempting any work on this model, you need to look on the Hattons website page for this model and click "DCC advice". Everything is revealed there about bonnet removal, including the information that Bachmann decoders are too big to fit this model. I am now awaiting the arrival of the smaller Hornby decoder to see how it runs.

 

David Atkins

-----

Bachmann 'Presflos'

I amused to find a couple of contributors complaining that the brake shoes on the new Bachmann 'Presflo' wagons do not line up with the wheels. Why would they when the wheels are set to a gauge of 4ft 1 1/2 in instead of the normal British mainline gauge? EM gauge wheels, while still not 100% accurate, fit nicely with the brake shoes in line and I guess the same would probably be true for 18.83 wheels sets. A Bachmann representative at a major exhibition last year explained that the design of the vehicle forced them to fit the bake gear in the correct position.

 

Geoff Robinson

-----

Tempted by the new Bachmann 'Presflo' wagons, I decided to browse through my library and research their use on the ECML. Now I feel that I should know (or remember) more than I do, but I was surprised by the lack of documentation on the freight movement of these vehicles, particularly when moving cement. In fact, I could not even find any detailed photographs and only some short DVD footage.

The latter confirmed my memories of, faded, bauxite 'Presflos' with very little of the markings visible. So, does anyone know anything about operations of 'Presflo' traffic during the early sixties, along the old GNR? To start with, where do they come from, go to, and what was the usual motive power? Do the current Bachmann items provide suitable examples for ECML work, or should these be versions that will be produced later?

 

Graham Hobbs

-----

Steam Sounds

Ron Stringer raises an important point about steam locomotive sounds, but it seems to me that things are even more complicated.

At Doncaster, yesterday (Sunday), I watched a very nice model of a Great Western 2251 0-6-0 running round its train, accompanied by sound. The driver clearly closed the regulator when the engine had enough momentum to roll to where it was going and the exhaust stopped; but he clearly didn't open the blower at the same time to prevent the fire blowing back, so there was no characteristic 'burping' sound. Nor was there the 'tick-tick-tick' of the crosshead vacuum pump, which is particularly noticeable when GW engines drift along. I'm sure this can be done, but it points to the difficulty of raising expectations when introducing new technology only to find there's even more to it than was thought.

Thanks to Pat for his point about elm trees; which opens up the possibility of someone saying, "you can't run that engine with that hedgerow" ...

 

Neil Burgess

-----

Maunsell 4-Comparment Brake

Last Saturday I purchased, from a shop at the Doncaster Exhibition, the latest Hornby 4-compartment Maunsell brake 2nd, in post 1957 BR green. When putting it with my stock of this period, I noticed that the windows were painted brown, when the other coaches windows were green, and was wondering if this is correct.

 

Peter Weir

-----

Maunsell Sets

I absolutely agree with Martin Meggs and his posting about the Hornby Maunsells. SR modellers have come from abundance (last year) to famine (this year) with only the Imperial Airways train pack and a couple more M7s (but also some very useful Pullmans) to feed on!

Yes, we are now getting last year's malachite Maunsells, but the main livery of the SR was olive green. Only seven coach sets had been painted malachite green by mid 1938. It may have been eye-catching but I cannot dissociate it from the general decline and lack of maintenance brought about by wartime austerity and the post-war utility period. Even at Nationalisation 10% of coaching stock was still in olive green.

The wonderful and frustrating thing about Hornby's olive livery is that it is SO good that it is not a practical proposition to replicate it! Repainting a low-windowed olive Maunsell in unlined malachite or BR green is a possibility; but, going the other way and repainting a BR high-windowed CK in fully lined olive (complete with seat numbers!) to achieve the missing 5656 from Eastern Section Set 470, is not an option for any of us!

So, please Hornby!

On a more positive note, the moulding for the missing high-windowed 4-compartment BTKs has now been produced, so perhaps it will only be a matter of time before we have the promised low-windowed olive version to complete set 392 (and hopefully others to complete 3-sets 390, 393, 395 and 448, for which Hornby inexplicably produced the middle carriages).

With 'Wish List' time coming up, I'll end with this thought. Modern painting technology is now so good that the way ahead is clear for the R-T-R manufacturers to escape the unlined grime of BR and start pushing the technology to its limits. Imagine some SE&CR birdcages in full Wainwright livery with large gold 1sts and 3rds on the doors blocked in red, shaded in black, high-lit in white and 'shot' with pink - not to mention a 'D' class 'Copperknob' with vermilion, light green and yellow in-curved lining on dark green panels, bordered in vermilion and black....

Yours, still salivating!

 

Chris Spencer

-----

Brake Van Query

There is a picture of freshly-painted BR 20-ton Brake Van B954654 on page 23 in the RC Riley book,
The Colour of Steam, The Great Eastern Line (Vol.9). It is shown working in a Railway Club brake van trip from Bishop's Stortford to Braintree0 on 12 September 1959.

Alongside the number, in capital letters, is the wording FOR TEST PURPOSES ONLY. Any ideas?

 

Brian Macdermott

According to David Larkin, this was one of a batch of 477 brake vans built at Darlington between May and December 1959 with roller bearings and hydraulic buffers. So the brake van in the picture was newly built but there is no mention of testing unless it was in connection with the bearings and buffer types which were introduced part way through production of this batch. The first half of the batch had oil axleboxes and non-hydraulic buffers. Incidentally, only one more batch of brake vans would be built after this - Ed.

-----

Powered & Non-Powered DMUs

Regarding Tom Burns request for information on the possibility of a powered DC kits DMU hauling a non-powered example, well, on my layout, 'Brockley Green SE4', I have used a DC kits non-powered 2-HAP EMU, for several years, behind a Southern Pride 2-EPB powered by a Branchlines motor bogie.

On a previous layout, 'Chessington (Chalk Lane)', that same 2-HAP was coupled to a Southern Pride 4-EPB, with a Branchlines motor bogie, also. Both combinations have run very well with no problems, so much so, that I intend to repeat the latter combination on my next layout. Unless Tom plans to use his DMUs on a layout with sharp bends or steep gradients, I cannot see any problems.

 

John Wass

-----

Graham Farish Stanier Coaches

I wonder if I may ask a favour and see if you can obtain some information from Bachmann regarding the deliveries of Farish N gauge Stanier coaches in BR maroon.

These were originally expected before Christmas but at Warley I was advised by Bachmann it would likely be February and their website changed to reflect this. Then a few weeks ago, in January, I read reports (I cannot remember where) that they were on their way. This was backed up by a model shop who said they expected deliveries within a week or two.

However, there still seems to be no sign of them and checking the Farish website deliveries are now shown ranging from April to December, across the range.

I’m waiting for a rake of these as a Christmas present for 2009. The way it is going I’ll be lucky to get them by next Christmas.

 

Jim Campbell

As you know, Bachmann receives a monthly container of goodies from China. When that container sets off from China, samples of its contents are also air freighted to Bachmann at Barwell for distribution to magazine editors. I receive details of all review samples handled by Bachmann so that I can include the details in Ramsay's Catalogue.

Checking back on recent lists, The following were dispatched from China in January and so should be in the shops any day now (it takes the container a month by sea): 374-827 Stanier brake 2nd in BR maroon No.M5787M, 374-832 Stanier brake 1st in BR maroon No.M5062M, 374-837 Stanier 2nd in BR maroon No.M1674M, 374-842 Stanier vestibule 2nd in BR maroon No.M9443M, 374-847 Stanier 1st in BR maroon No.M1062M and 374-852 Stanier composite in BR maroon No.M9755M. In addition, 374-825A Stanier brake 3rd in LMS livery No.5810 is in the following container, which is probably way out in the Pacific by now, the review samples having arrived last week. I hope this helps - Ed.

-----

In the case of e-mails published in MREmag, individual responses from the editor are not usually sent unless there is an issue to be raised or answered. Our thanks to all those who contributed their thoughts, questions and answers which develop the topics covered above. A special thanks to Brian Macdermott, Trevor Gibbs and Dick Flower for their regular features.

If you have suggestions for the model manufacturers to consider, or if there is anything else you would like to discuss within the British railway modelling and collecting subject base of this magazine, please send me an e-mail, giving your ‘first’ name and surname (no pseudonym please) to Pat@mremag.com Please try to keep your contribution short, positive, polite and definitely not libellous. Anonymous comments cannot be published. Your contributions will be edited for readability and acceptability within the unbiased policy of the magazine. Care will be taken not to alter the views expressed but they remain those of the writer of the e-mail and are not necessarily shared by the Editor.

Remember! The manufacturers are our friends - not our enemies. They read this magazine and so when you comment on their products you are talking directly to them. Choose your words carefully as you would with a friend.

 

Monday 15.2.10

Just 2 Weeks to Go!

Yes, there are just two weeks to go before 'Wish List' voting begins. Have you had a look at the voting cards (addresses at the bottom of this page) and prepared your list of ten items that you want manufacturers to make next. Don't forget to give some thought to the commercial viability locomotive survey that Brian Macdermott carried out , with your help, before Christmas which may be found in the MREmag 'Articles' section. Be ready! The time to vote is fast approaching.

Vectis Model Train Sale

This auction is both room based and online with www.artfact.com and www.invaluable.com and commences at 10.30am on Friday 19th June. The room element will be at the company's headquarters in Fleck Way, Thornaby, Stockton-on-Tees, TS17 9JZ. Viewing on the day will be between 8am and 10.30am.

The sale includes the following lots: 00 British outline (195 lots), N gauge British outline (2), Wrenn Railways (20), H0 gauge (26), Continental N gauge (4), narrow gauge (5), 00 kits and scratch-built (35), books and magazines (24), 0 gauge and larger (47), railwayana (10) and general trains (176).

28th Annual RISEX Model Railway Exhibition

Next Saturday (20th February) Risborough & District Model Railway Club will be holding their exhibition at the Community Centre, Wades Park, Stratton Road, Princes Risborough, Bucks, HP27 9AX. The centre is next to Risborough Springs Swimming Pool. The opening times are 10.00am - 5.00pm and the admission prices will be: adults £2.50, senior citizens and children £1.50.

There will be up to ten layout, ranging from N to G scale and including: 'Trumper's Halt' by Greenford 81C MRC, 'Courtover Town' by Andy Goulding, 'Aylesbury Town' by Risborough & District MRC, 'Grey's Steelworks' by Jeff Sanders, 'Hythe Parkway' by Simon Paley, 'Villier Street' by Ian Manderson and Pete Johnson, 'Chertonwell' by Oxford & District MRC, 'Norgate' by Tim Page and 'Quelque part en France' by Simon Newitt.

There will also be modelling demonstrations, full trade support, second-hand equipment sales and refreshments.

Princes Risborough is situated on the A4010 between Aylesbury and High Wycombe with a 30 minute interval bus service. The adjacent Springs swimming pool is signposted as you enter the town and is 10 minute walk from Princes Risborough Chiltern Railways station. This is served by frequent trains from Marylebone, Aylesbury and Banbury. The Mount public car park is situated directly opposite the hall, the latter being fully access-friendly.

For further information, contact Ian Roll, Risex Exhibition Manager, on Tel 01296 612108 or email him at: ian.roll@terina.co.uk The club's website is at: www.rdmrc.nildram.co.uk

Milton Keynes Model Railway Exhibition

Milton Keynes Model Railway Society will also be holding its exhibition this coming Saturday (20th February) at Courtside Sports Hall, Milton Keynes College (Bletchley Campus), Sherewood Drive, (Opposite Bletchley Railway Station), Bletchley, Milton Keynes, MK3 6DR. The opening times are 10.00am - 4.30pm and the entry prices will be adults £3.50, concessions £2.00, children £2.00 and families £8.00.

The exhibition will feature up to 20 layouts, in all popular scales, as well as trade and society stands, refreshments, free car parking and disabled access.

For further information, go to the club's website at www.mkmrs.org.uk or phone 01908318793

Hints & Tips No.219 - 101 Uses for Aerosol Can Lids
by Nevile Reid
(Tunbridge Wells)

Next time you use a can of spray paint, hang onto the lid! I find them one of the most useful items in my 'tool box' - and they're free!

My work bench is covered in them. Here are just a few ideas -

1. Storage of small items - loose kit parts, electronic components, fish plates, track pins, etc.

2. Dispensers for track ballast and scatter material. I find them absolutely ideal for this - just the right size and shape and much easier to handle than spoons or commercially available applicators.

3. Mixing pots for glue, paint, scatter material or anything else that needs to be mixed.

4. Holder for syringe, pipette or what ever you are using to apply glue to ballast - and use another one for the glue itself.

5. Holder for Superglue bottles, etc., to stop them falling over.

6. Rotating Table and handle to hold your locos and rolling stock when painting them. Use Blu-Tack to hold them in a discreet place.

 

Believe me, however many tops you manage to collect, it will never be enough!

Hints & Tips are given in good faith by contributors. MREmag suggests that readers take all suitable precautions when working with any material mentioned in the series. Readers should also verify for themselves that the information given will be valid on their own layouts or models and the processes described, safe..

Having Your Say...

Don Jin Samhongsa

I am trying to find some background information on the above - who imported them, when, advertising data, what locos were made and quantities. Any news will be gratefully received. I have eight of these locos at the moment.

 

Derek Haynes

-----

Hornby Maunsells

All credit to Hornby for giving us the lovely Maunsell coaches; however, given the lack of any new SR Maunsells (olive livery) in the current Hornby range, are there any plans to produce the remaining members of the existing sets produced. A CK '5656' would at least allow me to complete a 3 car set with the 6-compartment BTKs from set 470 as it ran in 1933; otherwise we are still awaiting the two FKs '7673' and '7674' that ran in the same set as built. Likewise, a few more 4-compartment BTKs to go along with the CKs already produced, would not go amiss. I am still waiting for my order for R4394a/B to appear to complete set 392.

 

Martin Meggs

-----

Bachmann Customer Service

I just wanted to share my experience regarding Bachmann Customer Service.

I’ve recently been in contact with them, regarding an erratic running Virgin Class 57 (Lady Penelope). This was purchased just before Christmas at the Warley show as a present. However, I didn’t obtain a receipt for it, and didn’t test it prior to Christmas.

When tested, the loco didn’t run very well, even though it sounded like the motor was turning. I contacted Bachmann by email, who advised me to return the item to them, even though I could not provide the appropriate receipt or warranty.

I sent the item by post and, within 6 days, the loco had been returned to me, recorded delivery, and fixed free of charge. I’d like to pass my thanks to Bachmann for resolving this issue as promptly as they did, even though there was no obligation for them to do so.

Well done Bachmann, and keep up the good work, it really is appreciated.

 

Craig Phillips

-----

Bachmann Cravens

Like Dave Webber, I too am excited about the Bachmann Cravens. I have two DC non-powered kit Cravens and wonder whether readers can help with a query. Assuming that the new Class 105 model will be powered by an existing DMU mechanism (or an adaptation thereof), would a 2-car Bachmann DMU be able to haul a 2-car dummy unit?

 

Tom Burns

-----

Uncoupling Ramps & Kadee Couplers

It was very interested to read Merv Rogers' letter last Friday about some newer Bachmann locos not negotiating the regular uncoupling ramps due to the lowness of their underframes; also, that according to Bachmann, who were aware of the issue, modellers apparently preferred the visual realism of the low underframe. I commented on this problem in this magazine in January and, to my knowledge, the first Bachmann loco to have this problem referred to in a press review was the V2, which is really going back some time now.

I am not criticising Bachmann as, apparently (as Merv states from communications with Bachmann), they are only acceding to the wishes of modellers, to whom underframe detail is more important than functional uncoupling. The question is - who are these modellers? Will they please come out and explain what gives them the right to be spokespersons for the industry, and also explain how their own uncompromising stance on realism can be to the detriment of a most basic aspect of operation?

For the purpose of possible assistance to others, I read in the modelling press that a modeller had overcome this problem with Gaugemaster's uncouplers, but I cannot vouch for this as I have not used them myself. I am happy for Merv, having solved the problem by converting much of his stock to American couplers, but I don't see why one should have to. In the meantime, this has given me serious thought about scrapping the terminus I am building and going for continuous running.

Has anyone tried the Hornby R 8244 uncoupling unit, as, from illustrations, this does seem to sit fairly low in the track and might save the day for me?

 

Richard Whitmore

-----

Merv Rogers reports converting to Kadee couplers but says - "we soon settled on No.5 coupler". I keep seeing this reported and I would like to say that there is no reason to standardise on any one Kadee coupler. The joining ends of all of them are compatible (except for some like the "old timer"). The confusing collection of mountings are devised to fit to an equally confused collection of rolling stock.

I found that the #5 was a little short and the box stuck out if the coupler was to reach beyond the buffers. There is a variant with a shorter draft gear [sic] box; I forget the number. I like the #6 for a lot of cases - especially passenger cars. Where the old coupler was screwed from underneath, I use one of the NEM variants as they come out at just the right height. I find a #5 variant is just the right height to mount under the floor of a Dapol wagon (pre-NEM) if the coupler mounting is completely removed.

 

David Youngs - Brampton, Ontario, Canada. (On tour in Louisiana)

-----

It may interest readers to know that Kadee make a 'selection box' of their various versions of the Kadee knuckle coupler for those, like the UK modeller, who must experiment for best fit (actually, the US modeler (sic) must also do this on occasion).

 

Steve Mann - Knuckling under in NYC.

-----

Readers keep referring to them as 'Kaydee' couplers but the spelling is 'Kadee'. Lesson over - Ed.

-----

Heljan Class 14

In response to Steve Daly's question of the Heljan class 14, I too found the bonnets difficult to slide off once the screws had been removed. I eventually wriggled the long bonnet free and inserted the headcodes. After trimming the numbers and placing them in the recesses I put a small strip of sellotape over them to hold them in place.

The short bonnet seemed to defy logic and, although it would move, it would not come off until removed the cab bulkhead. Again, I sellotaped the numbers in place on the inside of the bonnet.

Both bonnets went straight back into position and I glued the cab bulkhead back again afterwards.

As far as I can remember, on all other Heljan locos you could add the headcode numbers from the outside and simply pressed the glazing